diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2015-03-16 20:46:26 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2015-03-16 20:46:26 +0000 |
| commit | 6e0f4bb68148b7067ae458d0907df1aa9f493f93 (patch) | |
| tree | dd13a1cd74b4c9876935a17e36f7647fb4be300f /Master | |
| parent | 0029775a1baad997a0e88cc859f6e467da0ef815 (diff) | |
glossaries (16mar15)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@36533 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master')
57 files changed, 1805 insertions, 1796 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES index 99ec4dded2a..3d4c723c775 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES @@ -1,5 +1,12 @@ glossaries change log: +v4.15: + + * glossaries.sty: + + - bug fix + www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=79 + v4.14: * glossaries.sty: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README index e71a5d338bf..c1e75d1fc4e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.14 +LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.15 -Last Modified : 2015-02-28 +Last Modified : 2015-03-16 Author : Nicola Talbot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf Binary files differindex 5d756ecf247..05ef4903aa6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html index 1326969d1d4..e9b4f1a0297 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd--> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > -<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.14</title> +<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.15</title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle -<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.14</h2> +<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.15</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span> <br /> <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="cmr-12">2015-02-28</span></div> +class="cmr-12">2015-03-16</span></div> </div> @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read - “Documented Code for glossaries v4.14”. This includes the documented + “Documented Code for glossaries v4.15”. This includes the documented code for the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-4"></a> package. @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">o</span>. Depending on the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when used in the main document text, so <span class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: —foo. - <!--l. 216--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span + <!--l. 219--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to the files used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <span @@ -2592,15 +2592,17 @@ class="cmss-10">user1</span><a <!--l. 1325--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex </span>in the <span class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples</span> -directory uses all these files. +directory uses all these files. See also <a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3 </span> <a id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3> -<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span +<!--l. 1333--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can now be used with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a @@ -2635,8 +2637,8 @@ option. For example:  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1347--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1349--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a +<!--l. 1348--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1350--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a id="dx1-7008"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character in your tex file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span @@ -2644,7 +2646,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> it’s actually a macro and expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX. -</p><!--l. 1356--><p class="indent" > If you use a <a +</p><!--l. 1357--><p class="indent" > If you use a <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a id="dx1-7009"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of an entry name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for @@ -2665,12 +2667,12 @@ class="cmtt-10"> or</span><span class="cmtt-10"> class}}</span></span> </div> </div> </div> -<!--l. 1364--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1365--><p class="noindent" > (For further details, see the section <a href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >“UTF-8”</a> in the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-7011"></a> user manual.) -</p><!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 1370--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-7012"></a> package, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span @@ -2687,12 +2689,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">-C </span>option. Read the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-7016"></a> manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 1375--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1375--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1 </span> <a id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4> -<!--l. 1378--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a +<!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a href="#tab:predefinednames">table 1.2</a>. If you aren’t using a language package such as <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a @@ -2751,7 +2753,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1399--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span +<!--l. 1400--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options directly to <span @@ -2770,7 +2772,7 @@ instead. <div class="table"> -<!--l. 1407--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 1408--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -2789,22 +2791,22 @@ id="TBL-3-3" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1" class="td01"><span class="cmbx-10">Command Name </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Translator</span> <span class="cmbx-10">Key</span> <span class="cmbx-10">Word</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td10"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a id="dx1-8024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td10"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" >Title of the main @@ -2814,9 +2816,9 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" >Title class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a id="dx1-8025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td10"> <!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" >Title of the list @@ -2835,11 +2837,11 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a id="dx1-8027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1418--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Notation</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 1420--><p class="noindent" >Header for first column @@ -2861,11 +2863,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a id="dx1-8028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1421--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Description</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 1423--><p class="noindent" >Header for second column @@ -2887,11 +2889,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a id="dx1-8029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbol column @@ -2910,13 +2912,13 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a id="dx1-8030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Page</span> <span class="cmtt-10">List</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 1428--><p class="noindent" >Header for page list @@ -2935,11 +2937,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a id="dx1-8031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1429--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 1431--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbols section @@ -2958,11 +2960,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a id="dx1-8032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" >Header for numbers section @@ -2983,7 +2985,7 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" >Header </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language +<!--l. 1439--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that need to be installed in addition to installing the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You only need to install the modules for the languages that you require. If the language @@ -2997,7 +2999,7 @@ dictionary files for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details about information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language module. -</p><!--l. 1450--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p> +</p><!--l. 1451--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a @@ -3011,7 +3013,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translator</span><a  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1457--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 1458--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-8036"></a> is automatically loaded). </p></li> @@ -3025,7 +3027,7 @@ class="cmss-10">babel</span><a  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1465--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 1466--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-8038"></a> isn’t loaded). </p></li> @@ -3040,7 +3042,7 @@ class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a  <br />\setmainlanguage{english}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1474--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1475--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a @@ -3052,10 +3054,10 @@ class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a  <br />\usepackage{ngerman}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1481--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1482--><p class="nopar" > </p> </li></ul> -<!--l. 1485--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations +<!--l. 1486--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not be appropriate. If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8041"></a> package and the <span @@ -3071,7 +3073,7 @@ own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <span class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using <span class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>. -</p><!--l. 1494--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span +</p><!--l. 1495--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-8044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it won’t have any effect if you put <span @@ -3083,8 +3085,8 @@ class="cmss-10">translator</span><a class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a id="dx1-8046"></a> documentation.) </div> -</p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1503--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to +</p><!--l. 1502--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1504--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as “Nomenclature” and the page list should be labelled “Location”, @@ -3095,7 +3097,7 @@ then you can create a file called, say, <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </div> -<!--l. 1511--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: +<!--l. 1512--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: </p> @@ -3104,20 +3106,20 @@ myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict  <br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}  <br />\deftranslation{Page List (glossaries)}{Location} </div> -<!--l. 1517--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: +<!--l. 1518--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary} </div> -<!--l. 1521--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span +<!--l. 1522--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be found by <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to <a href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>. -</p><!--l. 1526--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span +</p><!--l. 1527--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8047"></a> and don’t want to use the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a @@ -3137,8 +3139,8 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a  <br />    \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List of Acronyms}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1539--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" > Note that <a +<!--l. 1540--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1542--><p class="indent" > Note that <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-8050"></a></a> provides much better multi-lingual support than <a @@ -3157,7 +3159,7 @@ href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further </p> <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a id="x1-90001.3.1"></a>Creating a New Language Module</h5> -<!--l. 1550--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now uses the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a id="dx1-9001"></a> package to determine which language @@ -3165,7 +3167,7 @@ modules need to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you shou first read the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a id="dx1-9002"></a> documentation. -</p><!--l. 1555--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: +</p><!--l. 1556--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span @@ -3181,7 +3183,7 @@ class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩ is the language name used by class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-9003"></a> (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">English</span>). -</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span +</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>: @@ -3197,7 +3199,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:  <br />\providetranslation{Symbols (glossaries)}{Symbols}  <br />\providetranslation{Numbers (glossaries)}{Numbers} </div> -<!--l. 1574--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span +<!--l. 1575--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span class="cmtt-10">English</span> to the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a @@ -3208,7 +3210,7 @@ class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>) and, for each <span class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change the second argument to the appropriate translation. -</p><!--l. 1582--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span +</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>: @@ -3272,7 +3274,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}} </div> -<!--l. 1640--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace +<!--l. 1641--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span class="cmtt-10">English </span>with the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a @@ -3285,7 +3287,7 @@ class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩. Within the definition of class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptions</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩, replace the English text (such as “Glossaries”) with the appropriate translation. -</p><!--l. 1649--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>the suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t been specified are given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries) and @@ -3299,7 +3301,7 @@ acronym styles. These commands need to be set before the entry is defined and so definitions aren’t included in the caption mechanism as that’s not switched on until the start of the document. This means that the suffix in effect will be for the last loaded language. -</p><!--l. 1660--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span +</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">iso</span> <span @@ -3335,15 +3337,15 @@ language file and make the appropriate changes, for example:  <br />   }%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1687--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a +<!--l. 1686--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1688--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a id="dx1-9006"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code that’s independent of the input encoding. Remember that while some users may use UTF-8, others may use Latin-1 or any other supported encoding, but while users won’t appreciate you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to provide a UTF-8 version for XeLaTeX users. -</p><!--l. 1694--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1695--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows: @@ -3384,17 +3386,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:  <br />  \glossariescaptionsirish  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1731--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span +<!--l. 1732--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label and <span class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-9007"></a> dictionary label.) -</p><!--l. 1736--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span +</p><!--l. 1737--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf</span>. -</p><!--l. 1739--><p class="indent" > These both define <span +</p><!--l. 1740--><p class="indent" > These both define <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptionsirish </span>but the <span class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span @@ -3429,21 +3431,21 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent commands:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1767--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span +<!--l. 1768--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate UTF-8 characters. -</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4 </span> <a id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3> -<!--l. 1775--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a +<!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this section if you have chosen <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 1778--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1780--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run +</p><!--l. 1779--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1781--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -3457,7 +3459,7 @@ described in <a href="#sortingoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sortingoptions">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>. -</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a +</p><!--l. 1786--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-10004"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an external <a @@ -3496,7 +3498,7 @@ href="#sec:xindy"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>. -</p><!--l. 1801--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating +</p><!--l. 1802--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation using applications such as <span class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a id="dx1-10012"></a> and <span @@ -3506,8 +3508,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html</span></a> for more information. </div> -</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1809--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1808--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1810--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -3542,7 +3544,7 @@ href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)</a>. -</p><!--l. 1824--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span +</p><!--l. 1825--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-10019"></a>: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> @@ -3582,12 +3584,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-10029"></a> messages. </li></ul> -<!--l. 1842--><p class="indent" > There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a +<!--l. 1843--><p class="indent" > There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a id="dx1-10030"></a></a>, distributed separately, that has diagnostic tools. -</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a +</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-10031"></a></a> script or @@ -3606,7 +3608,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a id="dx1-10034"></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 1853--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span +</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-10035"></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, you will only be able to use <span @@ -3615,8 +3617,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-10037"></a> also requires Perl. </div> -</p><!--l. 1857--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1859--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the +</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the glossary, you will need to do an additional <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -3641,7 +3643,7 @@ href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a  <br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},  <br />description={an orange coloured fruit.}} </div> -<!--l. 1872--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1873--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference the <span class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the <span @@ -3669,8 +3671,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1886--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a +</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1889--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-10046"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span @@ -3682,7 +3684,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run may push glossary entries across pa <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-10047"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating. -</p><!--l. 1896--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a +</p><!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-10048"></a></a>, @@ -3704,7 +3706,7 @@ class="cmss-10">All</span> class="cmss-10">Programs-</span><span class="cmmi-10">></span><span class="cmss-10">Accessories </span>menu. -</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will +</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the required application. The article <a href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >“Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols and Acronyms”</a> in the <a @@ -3720,7 +3722,7 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >“Using <span class="LA class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis”</a> describes how to do it for TeXWorks. For other editors see the editor’s user manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 1918--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span +</p><!--l. 1919--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a id="dx1-10051"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">.alg</span><a @@ -3730,7 +3732,7 @@ for messages. <div class="table"> -<!--l. 1921--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 1922--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -3824,10 +3826,10 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ </td></tr></table> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 1944--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1945--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1 </span> <a id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4> -<!--l. 1947--><p class="noindent" >The <a +<!--l. 1948--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary @@ -3852,15 +3854,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1958--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> You may need to explicitly load <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11006"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1962--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 1964--><p class="indent" > Windows users: TeX Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and +</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="indent" > Windows users: TeX Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a convenient wrapper for the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span @@ -3898,7 +3900,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11010"></a></a>.) -</p><!--l. 1985--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11011"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a @@ -3931,7 +3933,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a redirection. Without this redirection, the <span class="cmtt-10">-q </span>(quiet) switch doesn’t work as well. -</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span +</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a id="dx1-11017"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a @@ -3944,7 +3946,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11019"></a> assumes by default that <span @@ -3963,7 +3965,7 @@ class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>⟩ for <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-11023"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 2011--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11024"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you @@ -3978,21 +3980,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span> class="cmtt-10">--help </span>for a list of all options or <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version number. -</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span +</p><!--l. 2018--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11027"></a></a>. The current version is 2.15. </div> -</p><!--l. 2021--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2024--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2025--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2024--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2025--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.2 </span> <a id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4> -<!--l. 2027--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a id="dx1-12001"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span @@ -4003,7 +4005,7 @@ install it. See <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> on StackExchange</a>. -</p><!--l. 2033--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-12002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you @@ -4016,7 +4018,7 @@ class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 2038--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a +<!--l. 2039--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-12004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it’s called @@ -4035,7 +4037,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">-I</span> class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span class="cmti-10">not </span><span class="cmtt-10">-I tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 2045--><p class="indent" > To run <a +</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="indent" > To run <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-12008"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -4054,7 +4056,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2050--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the required language name, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">encoding</span>⟩ is the encoding, ⟨<span @@ -4081,15 +4083,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You may need to specify the full path name depending on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit them using double-quotes. -</p><!--l. 2060--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span +</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of +</p><!--l. 2066--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-12014"></a> @@ -4108,12 +4110,12 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr</span> <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2076--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-12019"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2080--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a +</p><!--l. 2081--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-12020"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to @@ -4125,7 +4127,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-12022"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2085--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2086--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -4137,14 +4139,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.3 </span> <a id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4> -<!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a +<!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-13001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used @@ -4164,7 +4166,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2104--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩ is the name of your document without the <span class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a @@ -4190,12 +4192,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">-l </span>(letter ordering). See the <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-13009"></a> manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span +</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2116--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -4216,12 +4218,12 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2127--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-13016"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2131--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a +</p><!--l. 2132--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-13017"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to @@ -4233,7 +4235,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-13019"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2136--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a @@ -4243,12 +4245,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-13021"></a></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2144--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2144--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.4 </span> <a id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4> -<!--l. 2146--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a +<!--l. 2147--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-14001"></a></a> or <a @@ -4259,8 +4261,8 @@ information needed to call those applications is stored in the auxiliary file. T information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary file. -</p><!--l. 2153--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by -</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by +</p><!--l. 2155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@newglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14003"></a> <span @@ -4275,7 +4277,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2157--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ is the extension of the <a href="#glo:indexingapp"><span @@ -4298,17 +4300,17 @@ written as: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> \@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo} </div> -<!--l. 2169--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2171--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 2170--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> style file is specified by -</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@istfilename</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" > The file extension indicates whether to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a @@ -4323,25 +4325,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which indexing application is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call the correct one. -</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: -</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: +</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@glsorder</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">order</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">order</span>⟩ can be either <span class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">letter</span>. -</p><!--l. 2187--><p class="indent" > If <a +</p><!--l. 2188--><p class="indent" > If <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-14010"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified by -</p><!--l. 2189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@xdylanguage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14011"></a><span class="marginpar"><span @@ -4359,7 +4361,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ identifies the glossary, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root language (e.g. <span @@ -4371,10 +4373,10 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-14013"></a></a> should be used. -</p><!--l. 2198--><p class="indent" > If <a +</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > If <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> has been used, the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will contain -</p><!--l. 2200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\@gls@reference{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -4382,16 +4384,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2202--><p class="noindent" > for every time an entry has been referenced. </p> -<!--l. 2204--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2205--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2> -</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span +</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the <span class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options. (For example, <span @@ -4400,7 +4402,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a <span class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a id="dx1-15002"></a>). -</p><!--l. 2211--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ package options can’t be passed via the document class options. (This includes options where the ⟨<span @@ -4415,9 +4417,9 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ (such as <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-15004"></a>) may be passed via the document class options. </div> -</p><!--l. 2218--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2220--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a id="generaloptions"></a>General Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -4479,7 +4481,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a href="#sec:newglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>). - <!--l. 2248--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a + <!--l. 2249--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-16012"></a></a> @@ -4529,7 +4531,7 @@ class="cmtt-10"> glossary.</span> <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-16013"></a>. </div> - <!--l. 2261--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sanitizesort</span><a @@ -4545,7 +4547,7 @@ href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a \newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},  <br /> description={hash symbol}} </div> - <!--l. 2270--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2271--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, otherwise <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the @@ -4561,13 +4563,13 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> will try to interpret it as a parameter  <br />  sort={\mysortvalue},  <br />  description={an example}} </div> - <!--l. 2282--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span + <!--l. 2283--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted according to <span class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a id="dx1-16016"></a>. - </p><!--l. 2287--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a + </p><!--l. 2288--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a> is <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a @@ -4596,16 +4598,16 @@ class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a <span class="cmss-10">etex</span><a id="dx1-16022"></a>. - <!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you + <!--l. 2302--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a id="dx1-16023"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. </div> - </p><!--l. 2305--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a + </p><!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> or by ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the preamble. - </p><!--l. 2311--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span + </p><!--l. 2312--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a id="dx1-16024"></a> mechanism to call <a @@ -4637,8 +4639,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting  <br />-t \jobname.glg -o \jobname.gls \jobname}  <br />\let\glswritefiles\relax </div> - <!--l. 2323--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2324--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 2325--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate</span><a @@ -4704,7 +4706,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translator</span><a <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a id="dx1-16049"></a>. - <!--l. 2349--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span + <!--l. 2350--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a id="dx1-16050"></a> if you have any problems with the translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward @@ -4714,10 +4716,10 @@ class="cmss-10">babel</span><a class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a id="dx1-16052"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2355--><p class="noindent" > </p> </dd></dl> - <!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><a id="dx1-16053"></a> is specified without a value, <span class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a @@ -4738,7 +4740,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a id="dx1-16060"></a> is assumed. - </p><!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >See <a + </p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >See <a href="#sec:fixednames"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details. @@ -4768,18 +4770,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a  <br />  {glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> - <!--l. 2380--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span + <!--l. 2381--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span class="cmbx-10">don’t </span>try <span class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-16065"></a>. You may also use - </p><!--l. 2384--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a id="dx1-16066"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2386--><p class="noindent" > instead or additionally. See <a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a @@ -4822,7 +4824,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-16076"></a>). - <!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a id="dx1-16077"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span @@ -4835,7 +4837,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a id="dx1-16080"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or starred version of the referencing command). - </p><!--l. 2408--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first + </p><!--l. 2409--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use explains the meaning of the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use <span @@ -4852,14 +4854,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym)  <br /> % at the end of the preamble  <br /> \glsunsetall[main] </div> - <!--l. 2420--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook - </p><!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2421--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook + </p><!--l. 2424--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-16082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2425--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2426--><p class="noindent" > which is used by the commands that check the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a @@ -4891,8 +4893,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a  <br /> }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2441--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 2443--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a + <!--l. 2442--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 2444--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a @@ -4918,9 +4920,9 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2456--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2456--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a id="sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -4931,19 +4933,19 @@ class="description">Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an ex class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using - <!--l. 2462--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2463--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstoctrue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2465--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 2466--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2467--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstocfalse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2469--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numberline</span><a @@ -4985,40 +4987,40 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option. Its value should be the name of a s <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> \usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2486--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  + <!--l. 2487--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> \usepackage[section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2490--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to + <!--l. 2491--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \usepackage[section=section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2494--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using - </p><!--l. 2496--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2495--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using + </p><!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarysection</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2498--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2499--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the sectional unit. - </p><!--l. 2501--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via - </p><!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via + </p><!--l. 2503--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2505--><p class="noindent" > By default this uses <span class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a @@ -5031,20 +5033,20 @@ href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 2511--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: + <!--l. 2512--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{} </div> - <!--l. 2515--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span + <!--l. 2516--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the <span class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a id="dx1-17017"></a> option described below. - </p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines + </p><!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining @@ -5059,7 +5061,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span>: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> \renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage} </div> - <!--l. 2525--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2526--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">ucmark</span><a @@ -5080,7 +5082,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span><a href="#fn2x3" id="fn2x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-17025f2"></a>. You can test whether this option has been set or not using - <!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2539--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsucmark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17030"></a> <span @@ -5089,7 +5091,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\else </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2541--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -5102,7 +5104,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>  <br />    \markright{#1}%  <br />  \fi} </div> - <!--l. 2549--><p class="nopar" > If <span + <!--l. 2550--><p class="nopar" > If <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a id="dx1-17031"></a> has been loaded and <span class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span><a @@ -5146,13 +5148,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label (via <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a id="dx1-17040"></a>). The label is formed from - <!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2571--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsautoprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2572--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2573--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the label identifying that glossary. The default value of <span @@ -5166,7 +5168,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]  <br />  {glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2580--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be + <!--l. 2581--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using something like: @@ -5175,7 +5177,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> The main glossary is in section~\ref{main} and  <br />the list of acronyms is in section~\ref{acronym}. </div> - <!--l. 2586--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a + <!--l. 2587--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-17042"></a> which is set to <span @@ -5193,7 +5195,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> The list of acronyms is in section~\ref{\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 2594--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in + <!--l. 2595--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your document. For example: @@ -5201,7 +5203,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:} </div> - <!--l. 2600--><p class="nopar" > will add <span + <!--l. 2601--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows: @@ -5211,7 +5213,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can the The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 2606--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: + <!--l. 2607--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: </p> @@ -5219,7 +5221,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can the The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 2611--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2612--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a @@ -5240,16 +5242,16 @@ class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a \usepackage{nameref}  <br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2620--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2621--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a prefix for the label.</p></li></ul> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2628--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2628--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a id="glossaryappearanceoptions"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -5267,19 +5269,19 @@ class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18003"></a><a id="dx1-18004"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>. - <!--l. 2638--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document + <!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document using - </p><!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsrefentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2642--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label associated with that glossary entry. - </p><!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span + </p><!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice after creating the glossary files using <a @@ -5293,7 +5295,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-18008"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are up-to-date. </div> - </p><!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2651--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a @@ -5309,7 +5311,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-18011"></a> counter will be reset every time ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is incremented. - <!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span + <!--l. 2660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-18012"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by @@ -5317,19 +5319,19 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a id="dx1-18013"></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary’s sectioning command. </div> - </p><!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2665--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine + </p><!--l. 2667--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a id="dx1-18014"></a> to use - </p><!--l. 2668--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2669--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2670--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2671--><p class="noindent" > which sets <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-18016"></a> to zero: @@ -5341,7 +5343,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a  <br />  \glsresetentrycounter  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2676--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span + <!--l. 2677--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a id="dx1-18017"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as required. For example: @@ -5358,7 +5360,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a  <br />  The preamble text here for the main glossary.  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2688--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2689--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a @@ -5405,11 +5407,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-18029"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style using - <!--l. 2708--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + <!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2710--><p class="noindent" > (See <a href="#sec:styles"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>15 </a><a @@ -5515,7 +5517,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a  <br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree} </div> - <!--l. 2756--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2757--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a @@ -5597,9 +5599,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default vertical gap bet class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=false</span><a id="dx1-18069"></a>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a id="sortingoptions"></a>Sorting Options</h3> @@ -5627,7 +5629,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-19005"></a> if you want to set this sort method for <span class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries. - <!--l. 2804--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span + <!--l. 2805--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ may be one of the following: @@ -5662,20 +5664,20 @@ class="cmss-10">use</span><a class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-19014"></a> key in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored). - <!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" >Both <span + <!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >Both <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a id="dx1-19015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-19016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via - </p><!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssortnumberfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" > (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if required, before the entries are defined (in the case of <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a @@ -5683,11 +5685,11 @@ class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a the entries are used (in the case of <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-19019"></a>).</p></li></ul> - <!--l. 2831--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span + <!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a id="dx1-19020"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into the sort mechanism by redefining: - </p><!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2835--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsprestandardsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19021"></a> <span @@ -5699,7 +5701,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2837--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was either explicitly set via the <span @@ -5716,12 +5718,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-19025"></a></a> special characters is performed. By default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does: - </p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2843--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdosanitizesort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2844--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2845--><p class="noindent" > which <a href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a id="dx1-19027"></a>s</a> ⟨<span @@ -5731,7 +5733,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a id="dx1-19029"></a> is used). - </p><!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, are the glossary type and the entry label for the current entry. Note that ⟨<span @@ -5743,7 +5745,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-19030"></a>. - </p><!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span + </p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won’t affect any entries that have already been defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a @@ -5751,16 +5753,16 @@ class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-19032"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 2858--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2859--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-19033r1"></a> - </p><!--l. 2860--><p class="noindent" ><span + </p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Sorting)</span><a id="x1-19034"></a> - </p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span + </p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let’s suppose @@ -5769,7 +5771,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the <span class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type should be sorted in order of definition. - </p><!--l. 2867--><p class="noindent" >For <a + </p><!--l. 2868--><p class="noindent" >For <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, I just need to set the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-19035"></a> key in the optional argument of @@ -5784,8 +5786,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def] </div> - <!--l. 2873--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a + <!--l. 2874--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can @@ -5806,7 +5808,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to check for the glossary class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>. - </p><!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows: + </p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows: </p> @@ -5817,7 +5819,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.  <br />  \edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2893--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows: + <!--l. 2894--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows: </p> @@ -5834,7 +5836,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2908--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 2909--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-19038"></a> package.) For a complete document, @@ -5843,17 +5845,17 @@ href="#x1-5096r30"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-19039r2"></a> - <!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2914--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or</span> <span class="cmbx-12">3))</span><a id="x1-19040"></a> - </p><!--l. 2914--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as + </p><!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as ⟨<span class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩ ⟨<span class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by @@ -5871,7 +5873,7 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a the entry, but hook into the standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being set. - </p><!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name: + </p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name: </p> @@ -5879,7 +5881,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being set. \newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2, #1}  <br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1 #2} </div> - <!--l. 2927--><p class="nopar" > and <span + <!--l. 2928--><p class="nopar" > and <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>: @@ -5888,7 +5890,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> \let\name\textname </div> - <!--l. 2931--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span + <!--l. 2932--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span @@ -5909,10 +5911,10 @@ class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the text:  <br /> \glsdosanitizesort  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2943--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span + <!--l. 2944--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile commands, but care is still needed.) - </p><!--l. 2947--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined: + </p><!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined: </p> @@ -5922,13 +5924,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile  <br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},  <br />  description={some information about John Smith}} </div> - <!--l. 2954--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a + <!--l. 2955--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5095r29"><span class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 2956--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2956--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">order</span><a @@ -5938,15 +5940,15 @@ class="cmss-10">word</span><a id="dx1-19043"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">letter</span><a id="dx1-19044"></a>. The default is word ordering. - <!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span + <!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">order</span><a id="dx1-19045"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-19046"></a></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 2965--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 2967--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + </p><!--l. 2966--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2968--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-19047"></a><span @@ -5960,7 +5962,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> \printnoidxglossary[sort=standard] </div> - <!--l. 2972--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries: + <!--l. 2973--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries: </p> @@ -5968,7 +5970,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter] </div> - <!--l. 2977--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2978--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">makeindex</span><a @@ -5996,7 +5998,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a given a <span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a id="dx1-19056"></a> extension. - <!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a + <!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a href="#option2">Option 2</a> as this is the default. It’s available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <span @@ -6029,7 +6031,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-19065"></a> extension. - <!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span + <!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ comma-separated list to override the language and codepage. For example: @@ -6040,7 +6042,7 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]  <br />  {glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3004--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This + <!--l. 3005--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to true, but can be suppressed. For example: @@ -6048,7 +6050,7 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3009--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span + <!--l. 3010--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are @@ -6108,7 +6110,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions disable it completely, in which case this option won’t have an effect. (If this option doesn’t appear to work, search the log file for “runsystem” and see if it is followed by “enabled” or “disabled”.) - <!--l. 3035--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span + <!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode has a limited number of trusted applications, which usually includes <a @@ -6127,7 +6129,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-19080"></a></a>. - </p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span + </p><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-19081"></a> as <span @@ -6142,7 +6144,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a Note that you still need at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to ensure the document is up-to-date with this setting. - </p><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a + </p><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, its use should be considered a last resort for those who can’t work @@ -6154,9 +6156,9 @@ class="cmss-10">automake=false</span><a </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a id="acronymoptions"></a>Acronym Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -6171,15 +6173,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> - <!--l. 3064--><p class="nopar" > It will also define - </p><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3065--><p class="nopar" > It will also define + </p><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printacronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" > that’s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6193,7 +6195,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> or the package option <span class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a id="dx1-20004"></a> is used). - <!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a + <!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6204,7 +6206,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of acronyms. - <!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + <!--l. 3083--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-20006"></a> package option is used, <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a @@ -6221,12 +6223,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-20015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly specified. - </p><!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + </p><!--l. 3093--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a id="dx1-20016"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. </div> - </p><!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3096--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a @@ -6255,7 +6257,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3109--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add + <!--l. 3110--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add glossaries you haven’t defined yet. For example: @@ -6266,15 +6268,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a  <br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%  <br />  {Statistical Acronyms} </div> - <!--l. 3117--><p class="nopar" > You can use - </p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3118--><p class="nopar" > You can use + </p><!--l. 3120--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\DeclareAcronymList</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3122--><p class="noindent" > instead of or in addition to the <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a id="dx1-20023"></a> option. This will add the @@ -6282,17 +6284,17 @@ class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ to the list of glossaries that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists with a new list use: - </p><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\SetAcronymLists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms + </p><!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3131--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms using: - </p><!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20025"></a> <span @@ -6305,7 +6307,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span> <span class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a @@ -6315,19 +6317,19 @@ href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can use: - <!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3140--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymShortcuts</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymShortcuts </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3141--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5.1 </span> <a id="deprecatedacronymstyleoptions"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h4> -<!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for +<!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for backward-compatibility. Use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-21001"></a> instead. See <a @@ -6350,7 +6352,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3157--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3158--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-21004"></a>) @@ -6359,7 +6361,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3161--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3162--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-21005"></a>) @@ -6368,7 +6370,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3165--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3166--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-21006"></a>) @@ -6377,7 +6379,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3169--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3170--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-21007"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a @@ -6388,7 +6390,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3173--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3174--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-21009"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a @@ -6399,7 +6401,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3177--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3178--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-21011"></a>) @@ -6408,7 +6410,7 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> \setacronymstyle{dua-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3181--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3182--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">smallcaps</span><a @@ -6422,7 +6424,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short} </div> - <!--l. 3188--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3189--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-21014"></a>) @@ -6431,7 +6433,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3192--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3193--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-21015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a @@ -6442,7 +6444,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3196--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3197--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">smaller</span><a @@ -6451,7 +6453,7 @@ class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-21018"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. - <!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span + <!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a id="dx1-21019"></a> package or otherwise define <span @@ -6459,7 +6461,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-21020"></a> or redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-21021"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 3204--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3205--><p class="noindent" > This option may be replaced by: @@ -6467,7 +6469,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short} </div> - <!--l. 3208--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3209--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-21022"></a>) @@ -6476,7 +6478,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3212--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3213--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-21023"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a @@ -6487,7 +6489,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3216--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3217--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a @@ -6501,7 +6503,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> \setacronymstyle{footnote} </div> - <!--l. 3223--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3224--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-21027"></a>) @@ -6510,7 +6512,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc} </div> - <!--l. 3227--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3228--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-21028"></a>) @@ -6519,7 +6521,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm} </div> - <!--l. 3231--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3232--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-21029"></a>) @@ -6528,7 +6530,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3235--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3236--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-21030"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a @@ -6539,7 +6541,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3239--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3240--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-21032"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a @@ -6550,7 +6552,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3243--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3244--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">dua</span><a @@ -6564,7 +6566,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \setacronymstyle{dua} </div> - <!--l. 3251--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3252--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-21036"></a>) @@ -6573,15 +6575,15 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> \setacronymstyle{dua-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3255--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3256--><p class="nopar" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3260--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3260--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a id="otheroptions"></a>Other Options</h3> -<!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are: +<!--l. 3263--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a @@ -6594,15 +6596,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">symbols</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname} </div> - <!--l. 3269--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3270--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 3272--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printsymbols</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3274--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6613,7 +6615,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6624,12 +6626,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of symbols. - <!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a id="dx1-22005"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary. </div> - </p><!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a @@ -6642,15 +6644,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">numbers</span> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname} </div> - <!--l. 3294--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3295--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 3297--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnumbers</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3299--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6661,7 +6663,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3304--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 3305--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6672,12 +6674,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of numbers. - <!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 3311--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a id="dx1-22010"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary. </div> - </p><!--l. 3313--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3314--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a @@ -6689,8 +6691,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">index </span>via <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}% </div> - <!--l. 3319--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3321--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3320--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 3322--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newterm</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22012"></a> <span @@ -6699,7 +6701,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">term</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3323--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3324--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6718,14 +6720,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> and - <!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printindex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3332--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3333--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6736,7 +6738,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6747,7 +6749,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display this glossary. - <!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a id="dx1-22018"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span @@ -6768,10 +6770,10 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a id="dx1-22023"></a> package option.) </div> - </p><!--l. 3352--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3353--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want + </p><!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using the package option <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=index</span><a @@ -6781,7 +6783,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a id="dx1-22025"></a><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> - </p><!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a + </p><!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a href="#x1-5090r26"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a @@ -6800,22 +6802,22 @@ class="cmssbx-10">compatible-3.07</span><a class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or below. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3372--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3372--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</h3> -<!--l. 3375--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span +<!--l. 3376--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded using -</p><!--l. 3377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setupglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3379--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" > The following package options <span class="cmbx-10">can’t </span>be used in <span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>: <span @@ -6859,7 +6861,7 @@ href="#sec:xindy"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span +</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example, if you try changing the acronym styles (such as <span @@ -6868,30 +6870,30 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a started defining your acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3401--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3401--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3402--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2> -</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 3405--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, <a href="#option2">Option 2</a> or <a href="#option3">Option 3</a>. It’s not possible to mix these options within a document. </p> -<!--l. 3408--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3409--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a id="sec:setupopt1"></a>Option 1</h3> -<!--l. 3411--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 3412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3412--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makenoidxglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3414--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> work. <span @@ -6900,18 +6902,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span><span class="cmbx-10">none of the glossaries will</span> <span class="cmbx-10">be displayed.</span> -</p><!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3421--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3421--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a id="sec:setupopt23"></a>Options 2 and 3</h3> -<!--l. 3423--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 3424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3424--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3426--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a @@ -6931,18 +6933,18 @@ class="cmbx-10">If you omit </span><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span> <span class="cmbx-10">none of the glossary files will be created.</span> -</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span +</p><!--l. 3435--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those commands after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an error. -</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span +</p><!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3443--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a +</p><!--l. 3444--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3446--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-26006"></a></a> or <a @@ -6950,15 +6952,15 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-26007"></a></a> style file using -</p><!--l. 3447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\noist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\noist </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" > That this command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span +</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-26009"></a> file created when using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 @@ -6966,10 +6968,10 @@ or below, you will need to use the <span class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a id="dx1-26010"></a> package option with it. </div> -</p><!--l. 3455--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span +</p><!--l. 3458--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a id="dx1-26011"></a><span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a @@ -6981,19 +6983,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-26014"></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>). This name may be changed using: -</p><!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setStyleFile</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3463--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3464--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a +</p><!--l. 3469--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-26016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document where that entry was used. By default, the location refers to the page @@ -7003,14 +7005,14 @@ class="cmss-10">counter</span><a form of the location number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g. 1.2), but if your location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this using -</p><!--l. 3475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetCompositor</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3477--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -7018,19 +7020,19 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> \glsSetCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 3481--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span +<!--l. 3482--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +</p><!--l. 3485--><p class="indent" > If you use <a href="#option3">Option 3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with an upper case alphabetical character using: -</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3488--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3489--><p class="noindent" > This command has no effect if you use <a href="#option2">Option 2</a>. For example, if you want <a href="#glo:numberlist">number @@ -7042,7 +7044,7 @@ list<a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> \glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 3494--><p class="nopar" > See <a +<!--l. 3495--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a @@ -7051,11 +7053,11 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a </p> -<!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3499--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to +</p><!--l. 3502--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may only be used in the preamble. See <a @@ -7064,13 +7066,13 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8 </a><a href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of the problems with defining entries within the document instead of in the preamble. -</p><!--l. 3507--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a +</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> enforces the preamble-only restriction on <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-27001"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3512--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the +</p><!--l. 3511--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a @@ -7087,8 +7089,8 @@ href="#sec:printglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the glossary. -</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: -</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: +</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27002"></a> <span @@ -7097,12 +7099,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" > This is a short command, so values in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩ can’t contain any paragraph breaks. If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use -</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27003"></a> <span @@ -7115,7 +7117,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="noindent" > instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of unwanted spaces. <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the @@ -7123,9 +7125,9 @@ description (via <span class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>) but won’t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would interfere with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>). -</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been +</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been defined: -</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\provideglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27004"></a> <span @@ -7135,13 +7137,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3542--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3544--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27005"></a> -</p><!--l. 3545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -7150,13 +7152,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3547--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="noindent" > (These are both preamble-only commands.) -</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, must be a unique label with which to identify this entry. This can’t contain any non-expandable commands or active characters. -</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a +</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a id="dx1-27006"></a></a> or other <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a @@ -7174,8 +7176,8 @@ change certain punctuation characters (such as <span class="cmtt-10">: </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>) to active characters. </div> -</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key=value list</span>⟩, is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list that supplies the relevant @@ -7208,23 +7210,23 @@ class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a id="dx1-27015"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can use - <!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3581--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\nopostdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" > to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description use - </p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3589--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspar </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3590--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3591--><p class="noindent" > or, better, use <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like @@ -7343,7 +7345,7 @@ class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a value won’t be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-27052"></a>. - <!--l. 3632--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 3633--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-27053"></a> was always @@ -7413,7 +7415,7 @@ href="#sortingoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sortingoptions">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). - <!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" ><a + <!--l. 3657--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#option1">Option 1</a> by default strips the <a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents</a> (that is, accents @@ -7434,7 +7436,7 @@ href="#option1">Option 1</a>:  <br />  description={select group of people}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3665--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to: + <!--l. 3666--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to: </p> @@ -7445,7 +7447,7 @@ href="#option1">Option 1</a>:  <br />  sort={elite}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3673--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span + <!--l. 3674--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a id="dx1-27076"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to: @@ -7459,9 +7461,9 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a  <br />  sort={\’elite}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3682--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts + <!--l. 3683--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a symbol. - </p><!--l. 3686--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span + </p><!--l. 3687--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-27077"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -7548,7 +7550,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> Again, this will place the entry before the “A” group. - <!--l. 3712--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a + <!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, the default value of <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a @@ -7563,7 +7565,7 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a id="dx1-27083"></a>). - </p><!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a + </p><!--l. 3718--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-27084"></a></a> (<a @@ -7571,7 +7573,7 @@ href="#option3">Option 3</a>): if you have entries with the same <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-27085"></a> value they will be treated as the same entry. - </p><!--l. 3722--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a + </p><!--l. 3723--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> and the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-27086"></a> contains fragile commands. You will @@ -7583,7 +7585,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a option (unless you use the <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods). </div> - </p><!--l. 3726--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a @@ -7684,7 +7686,7 @@ href="#sec:crossref"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>. - <!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a + <!--l. 3765--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a @@ -7694,12 +7696,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-27112"></a> that contains the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-27113"></a> key. </div> - </p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3768--><p class="noindent" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span +<!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-27114"></a> (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span @@ -7730,7 +7732,7 @@ href="#sec:addkey"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). -</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a +</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a id="dx1-27121"></a></a>, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span @@ -7746,7 +7748,7 @@ example: \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\’e}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> -<!--l. 3786--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span +<!--l. 3787--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-27124"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -7768,7 +7770,7 @@ details, see the section <a href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >“UTF-8”</a> in the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-27126"></a> user manual.) -<!--l. 3798--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span +<!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-27127"></a> key if you are using <a @@ -7788,17 +7790,17 @@ character<a class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a id="dx1-27131"></a>. </p> -<!--l. 3806--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you +<!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending -</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3815--><p class="noindent" > to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For example: @@ -7807,7 +7809,7 @@ to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For e \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a fully grown  <br />female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 3820--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, +<!--l. 3821--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case you would have to do: @@ -7817,8 +7819,8 @@ in which case you would have to do: \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,  <br />description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 3828--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) +<!--l. 3829--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-28002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other @@ -7833,7 +7835,7 @@ plural form. For example:  <br />               (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},%  <br />  user1={kine}} </div> -<!--l. 3840--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3841--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “cows” and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For @@ -7844,7 +7846,7 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> \let\glsaltpl\glsuseri </div> -<!--l. 3846--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. +<!--l. 3847--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a id="dx1-28003"></a>, described in <a @@ -7852,7 +7854,7 @@ href="#sec:addkey"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a +</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span> as required. However, this must be done <span @@ -7864,12 +7866,12 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-28005"></a> key where necessary). -</p><!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3> -<!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For +<!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example: @@ -7888,7 +7890,7 @@ example:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3879--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: +<!--l. 3880--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: </p> @@ -7897,7 +7899,7 @@ example:  <br />\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to move fast using  <br />the legs} </div> -<!--l. 3885--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: +<!--l. 3886--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: </p> @@ -7906,21 +7908,21 @@ Peter is \glsing{play} in the park tod  <br />Jane \glsd{play} in the park yesterday.  <br />Peter and Jane \glsd{run} in the park last week. </div> -<!--l. 3893--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span +<!--l. 3894--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a id="dx1-29001"></a>, described below in <a href="#sec:addkey"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3> -<!--l. 3901--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using: -</p><!--l. 3902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3902--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using: +</p><!--l. 3903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddkey</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30001"></a> <span @@ -7941,7 +7943,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">link ucfirst cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link allcaps cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3911--><p class="noindent" > where: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> ⟨<span @@ -7997,16 +7999,16 @@ class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands <span class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span><a id="dx1-30008"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 3931--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span +<!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version doesn’t override the current expansion setting. <a id="x1-30009r3"></a> -</p><!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 3</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Keys)</span><a id="x1-30010"></a> -</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span +</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span class="cmtt-10">ed </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed by “ed” and “ing”, respectively. The default value will need expanding in @@ -8034,7 +8036,7 @@ both cases, so I need to use the starred form:  <br />  {\Glsing}% command analogous to \Glstext  <br />  {\GLSing}% command analogous to \GLStext </div> -<!--l. 3960--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: +<!--l. 3961--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: </p> @@ -8051,8 +8053,8 @@ both cases, so I need to use the starred form:  <br />   ing={waddling},%  <br />   description={}} </div> -<!--l. 3978--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3980--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: +<!--l. 3979--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: </p> @@ -8061,19 +8063,19 @@ The dog \glsed{jump} over the duck.  <br />The duck was \glsing{waddle} round the dog.  <br />The dog \glsed{run} away from the duck. </div> -<!--l. 3987--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +<!--l. 3988--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5092r27"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3990--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3990--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3> -<!--l. 3994--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for +<!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-31001"></a>, <span @@ -8089,24 +8091,24 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-31006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>). -</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using -</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using +</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetexpandfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4003--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4004--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 4005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" > respectively, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the same as the name of the key except for those listed in <a @@ -8115,7 +8117,7 @@ href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>. <div class="table"> -<!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 4013--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:fieldmap"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -8221,32 +8223,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">shortpl </span></td></tr></table> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 4033--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span +<!--l. 4034--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by -</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsexpandfields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 4039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off +</p><!--l. 4042--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the entries.) </p> -<!--l. 4047--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4048--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3> -<!--l. 4050--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to +<!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will have the @@ -8266,7 +8268,7 @@ href="#glossaryappearanceoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 4065--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its +</p><!--l. 4066--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will not have a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -8275,19 +8277,19 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-32003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum sub-entry depth. -</p><!--l. 4071--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4071--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.1 </span> <a id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4> -<!--l. 4074--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category +<!--l. 4075--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-33001"></a> key. <a id="x1-33002r4"></a> -</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4080--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 4</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman</span> @@ -8295,7 +8297,7 @@ class="cmbx-12"> (Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Mathematical Symbols)</span><a id="x1-33003"></a> -</p><!--l. 4081--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek +</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows: @@ -8306,13 +8308,13 @@ letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows:  <br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman letters},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}} </div> -<!--l. 4090--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4092--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have +<!--l. 4091--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the descriptions to <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-33004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description terminator. -</p><!--l. 4097--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: +</p><!--l. 4098--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: </p> @@ -8325,19 +8327,19 @@ description terminator.  <br />description={Euler’s constant},  <br />parent=romanletter} </div> -<!--l. 4107--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +<!--l. 4108--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5062r20"><span class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4111--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4111--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.2 </span> <a id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4> -<!--l. 4114--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the <span +<!--l. 4115--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-34001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a @@ -8351,11 +8353,11 @@ entry:  <br />description={\nopostdesc},  <br />plural={glossaries}} </div> -<!--l. 4123--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be +<!--l. 4124--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-34002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: +</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: </p> @@ -8369,7 +8371,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a  <br />sort={2},  <br />parent={glossary}} </div> -<!--l. 4138--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s +<!--l. 4139--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-34003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added @@ -8392,7 +8394,7 @@ href="#glossaryappearanceoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as +</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the parent entry, so the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-34008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, @@ -8415,14 +8417,14 @@ example:  <br />plural={bravoes},  <br />parent=bravo} </div> -<!--l. 4169--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4170--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6 </span> <a id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3> -<!--l. 4175--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: -</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: +</p><!--l. 4178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-35001"></a> <span @@ -8431,7 +8433,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ is the name of the file containing all the <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a @@ -8450,13 +8452,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-35006"></a> uses by default). -</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span +</p><!--l. 4190--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a id="dx1-35007"></a> to load the file but don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\include</span><a id="dx1-35008"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span +</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span><a id="dx1-35009"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at @@ -8478,16 +8480,16 @@ href="#sec:docdefs"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8 </a><a href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-35014r5"></a> -</p><!--l. 4203--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 5</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a id="x1-35015"></a> -</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span +</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains: @@ -8502,14 +8504,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:  <br />name={html},  <br />description={A mark up language}} </div> -<!--l. 4216--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: +<!--l. 4217--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> \loadglsentries[languages]{myentries} </div> -<!--l. 4220--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span +<!--l. 4221--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span class="cmtt-10">tex </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by <span @@ -8519,9 +8521,9 @@ sets the type to <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 4226--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4226--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4228--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-35016"></a> (see <a @@ -8538,7 +8540,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>contains: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> \newacronym{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym} </div> -<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span +<!--l. 4234--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>) @@ -8546,7 +8548,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>) <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> -<!--l. 4238--><p class="nopar" > will add <span +<!--l. 4239--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -8559,7 +8561,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x5" id="fn1x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-35019f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span +</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-35023"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this problem: @@ -8573,14 +8575,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in the form: \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a  <br />contrived acronym} </div> - <!--l. 4254--><p class="nopar" > and do: + <!--l. 4255--><p class="nopar" > and do: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> - <!--l. 4258--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4259--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-35027x2">Temporarily change <span @@ -8593,12 +8595,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary:  <br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}  <br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype </div> - <!--l. 4266--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the + <!--l. 4267--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 4270--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant glossaries. Note also that <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble. -</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span +</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-35028"></a> rather than <span @@ -8620,7 +8622,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">terms.tex</span>) contains: \provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,  <br /> description={a type of duck}} </div> -<!--l. 4287--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can +<!--l. 4288--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do: @@ -8632,17 +8634,17 @@ do:  <br /> description={a dabbling duck where the male has a green head}}  <br />\loadglsentries{terms} </div> -<!--l. 4298--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span +<!--l. 4299--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span class="cmtt-10">mallard </span>definition in the <span class="cmtt-10">terms.tex </span>file will be ignored. -</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7 </span> <a id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another +<!--l. 4306--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using: -</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsmoveentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-36001"></a> <span @@ -8651,12 +8653,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target glossary label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the unique label identifying the required entry and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>⟩ is the unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry. -</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. +</p><!--l. 4315--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If you want to move an entry to a glossary that’s skipped by <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-36002"></a>, then @@ -8667,15 +8669,15 @@ href="#sec:newglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 4320--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from +</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its parent or children. </div> -</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8 </span> <a id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3> -<!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span +<!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-37001"></a> (and <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a @@ -8691,12 +8693,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>by the new <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. -</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.1 </span> <a id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4> -<!--l. 4338--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4339--><p class="noindent" > </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-38002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently @@ -8735,7 +8737,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using commands that class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ arguments. </li></ol> -<!--l. 4364--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span +<!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>at the beginning of the <span @@ -8752,7 +8754,7 @@ class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-38015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the entry can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the document. -</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you +</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra <span class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span @@ -8761,18 +8763,18 @@ issues could occur; if you have very long entries, you could find unexpected lin breaks have been written to the temporary file causing spurious spaces (or, even worse, a command name could get split across a line causing an error message). -</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="indent" > The last reason is why <span +</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="indent" > The last reason is why <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-38016"></a> has the preamble-only restriction, which I don’t intend to lift. -</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4387--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.2 </span> <a id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4> -<!--l. 4389--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have +<!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a @@ -8782,7 +8784,7 @@ environment rather than in the preamble is that they want to write the definitio they type in their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness” style of writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual documents. -</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an +</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article for a journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that your document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your @@ -8795,11 +8797,11 @@ definition. </p> -<!--l. 4411--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2> -</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a +</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-40001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer to the pages on which that entry has been used (using any of the @@ -8819,7 +8821,7 @@ class="cmss-10">counter</span><a id="dx1-40003"></a> package option. The number list is also referred to as the location list<a id="dx1-40004"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4423--><p class="indent" > Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 4424--><p class="indent" > Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine (see, for example, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if you’re on an odd or an even page</a>) the <span @@ -8844,7 +8846,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>you need to use: -</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40005"></a> <span @@ -8852,8 +8854,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span +</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as follows: @@ -8864,7 +8866,7 @@ follows:  <br />   \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}  <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two@digits{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4448--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure +<!--l. 4449--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the location is correct for entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do: @@ -8873,11 +8875,11 @@ do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum} </div> -<!--l. 4454--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span +<!--l. 4455--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span class="cmtt-10">section </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, you don’t need to worry about this.) -</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +</p><!--l. 4460--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩) contains non-expandable commands then you may need to redefine <span @@ -8899,14 +8901,14 @@ now my page counter format uses small caps Roman numerals:  <br />  \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}  <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4469--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using: +<!--l. 4470--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum} </div> -<!--l. 4473--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span +<!--l. 4474--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn’t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span @@ -8932,7 +8934,7 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c@page} </div> -<!--l. 4483--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won’t +<!--l. 4484--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won’t exactly match the format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals) this method will at least work correctly for both <a @@ -8953,7 +8955,7 @@ definition:  \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{%  <br />   \glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c@page}} </div> -<!--l. 4493--><p class="nopar" > combined with +<!--l. 4494--><p class="nopar" > combined with </p> @@ -8961,9 +8963,9 @@ definition: \GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep "\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"  <br /> "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 4498--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause +<!--l. 4499--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause problems if your locations should be hyperlinks.) -</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that will work with both <a +</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that will work with both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-40010"></a></a> and <a @@ -8986,8 +8988,8 @@ format:   \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page}  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4511--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span +<!--l. 4512--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4514--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">page</span>, you must make sure that <span @@ -8995,8 +8997,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>is expanded when it’s written to the file. (So don’t, for example, hide <span class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>inside a robust command.) </div> -</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" > Both <a +</p><!--l. 4519--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="indent" > Both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-40013"></a></a> and <a @@ -9019,15 +9021,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is either an integer or the keyword <span class="cmtt-10">none</span> which indicates that there should be no range formation. -</p><!--l. 4528--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-40017"></a> and has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-40018"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="indent" > With both <a +</p><!--l. 4532--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4534--><p class="indent" > With both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-40019"></a></a> and <a @@ -9037,22 +9039,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the separator and the closing number in the range using: -</p><!--l. 4535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4538--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4538--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="noindent" > where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example: @@ -9062,7 +9064,7 @@ specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example: \glsSetSuffixF{f.}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.} </div> -<!--l. 4547--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a +<!--l. 4548--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-40023"></a></a> (<a @@ -9074,7 +9076,7 @@ length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1} </div> -<!--l. 4553--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span +<!--l. 4554--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-40024"></a> package, you will need to use <span class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span><a @@ -9087,8 +9089,8 @@ suffix to ensure that the hyperlinks work correctly. For example: \glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}} </div> -<!--l. 4560--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 4561--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4563--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span @@ -9096,13 +9098,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-40026"></a> and have no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-40027"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" > <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> doesn’t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry’s <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-40028"></a></a> using: -</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumberlistloop</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40029"></a> <span @@ -9115,12 +9117,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr handler</span> <span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>⟩ is a handler control sequence of the form: -</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span @@ -9131,7 +9133,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a @@ -9143,42 +9145,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ is the location. The third argument is the control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This handler should have the syntax: -</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is the cross-referenced text (e.g. “see”) and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of labels. (This actually has a third argument but it’s always empty when used with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>.) -</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used +</p><!--l. 4593--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129"> \gls[format=textbf]{apple} </div> -<!--l. 4596--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used +<!--l. 4597--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> \gls[format=emph]{apple} </div> -<!--l. 4600--><p class="nopar" > then +<!--l. 4601--><p class="nopar" > then </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> \glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler} </div> -<!--l. 4604--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to: +<!--l. 4605--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to: </p> @@ -9186,11 +9188,11 @@ href="#option1">Option 1</a>.) \myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%  <br />\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}% </div> -<!--l. 4609--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a +<!--l. 4610--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-40031"></a></a> in the glossary: -</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40032"></a> <span @@ -9204,9 +9206,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" > The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is: -</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9214,24 +9216,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4619--><p class="noindent" > which is described in <a href="#sec:customxr"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>8.1 </a><a href="#sec:customxr">Customising Cross-reference Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customxr --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop </span>is not available for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4625--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4626--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 4628--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span +</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-41001"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a @@ -9275,10 +9277,10 @@ href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-41007"></a> these external files won’t be created. -</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in +</p><!--l. 4646--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving argument. -</p><!--l. 4650--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested +</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested hyperlinks in the table of contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands described in <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span @@ -9288,8 +9290,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> unset when they appear in the table of contents (or list of whatever). </div> -</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4657--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span +</p><!--l. 4656--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4658--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package in conjunction with the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a @@ -9319,8 +9321,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a  <br />\chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}}  <br />\chapter{An overview of \texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}} </div> -<!--l. 4669--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4671--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a +<!--l. 4670--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4672--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-41013"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the glossary, you should load the <span @@ -9333,7 +9335,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-41015"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s glossary. -</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 4680--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-41016"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a @@ -9352,12 +9354,12 @@ Secondly, the DVI format doesn’t correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts o superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won’t come out the correct size. -</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span +</p><!--l. 4694--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-41019"></a> package. </div> -</p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but +</p><!--l. 4696--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4698--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for other glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-41020"></a> to @@ -9368,17 +9370,17 @@ href="#generaloptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a href="#generaloptions">General Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4703--><p class="indent" > The way the <a +</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="indent" > The way the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-41022"></a></a> is displayed depends on -</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstextformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" > For example, to make all <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-41024"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do: @@ -9388,7 +9390,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> \renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4711--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span +<!--l. 4712--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-41025"></a> or by redefining <span @@ -9398,7 +9400,7 @@ href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4716--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a +</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the @@ -9425,7 +9427,7 @@ href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsu for commands that unset or reset the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> without referencing the entries. -</p><!--l. 4727--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span @@ -9454,7 +9456,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy and is best avoided. -</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available for the optional argument: +</p><!--l. 4744--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available for the optional argument: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span><a @@ -9518,8 +9520,8 @@ class="cmti-10">italic</span>) you will need to create a command that applies bo <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 4772--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. - </p><!--l. 4775--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block + <!--l. 4773--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. + </p><!--l. 4776--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a id="dx1-41039"></a> or <span @@ -9527,7 +9529,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\emph</span><a id="dx1-41040"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>. - </p><!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a + </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-41041"></a></a> instead of <a @@ -9551,12 +9553,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem} </div> - <!--l. 4787--><p class="nopar" > See <a + <!--l. 4788--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#sec:xindy"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div> - </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span + </p><!--l. 4790--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4792--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a id="dx1-41046"></a>, you can’t have anything following the command name, such as an asterisk or arguments. If you want to cross-reference another entry, @@ -9569,7 +9571,7 @@ href="#sec:crossref"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>). - </p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked + </p><!--l. 4799--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span><a id="dx1-41049"></a> (provided by the <span @@ -9581,7 +9583,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> - <!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" ><a + <!--l. 4805--><p class="noindent" ><a id="tab:hyperxx"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption" @@ -9654,7 +9656,7 @@ class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink </td></tr></table> </div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> - <!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span + <!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a id="dx1-41062"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>⟨<span @@ -9676,7 +9678,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 4834--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span + <!--l. 4835--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="cmtt-10">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-41064"></a> key. (See also “Displaying @@ -9693,7 +9695,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf} </div> - <!--l. 4842--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4843--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a @@ -9717,11 +9719,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the <span class="cmtt-10">local=false</span>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a id="x1-420006.1"></a>The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</h3> -<!--l. 4859--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset the <a +<!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> on completion, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span @@ -9731,7 +9733,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list. -</p><!--l. 4866--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span +</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-42001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by <span @@ -9741,14 +9743,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span +</p><!--l. 4871--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a id="dx1-42003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span class="cmti-10">final</span> optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text. -</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want +</p><!--l. 4875--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> immediately before the opening @@ -9760,16 +9762,16 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> \gls{sample} {}[Editor’s comment] </div> -<!--l. 4883--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4885--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a +<!--l. 4884--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ argument. </div> -</p><!--l. 4887--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\gls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42004"></a> <span @@ -9780,7 +9782,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4892--><p class="noindent" > This command typically determines the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-42005"></a></a> from the values of the <span @@ -9803,8 +9805,8 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-42013"></a> keys. -</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 4901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Gls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42014"></a> <span @@ -9815,9 +9817,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 4904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42015"></a> <span @@ -9828,7 +9830,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4906--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4907--><p class="noindent" > which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the former, the uppercasing of the first letter is performed by <span @@ -9837,8 +9839,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-42017"></a> user manual. -</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms: -</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms: +</p><!--l. 4914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42018"></a> <span @@ -9849,8 +9851,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42019"></a> <span @@ -9861,8 +9863,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4918--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42020"></a> <span @@ -9873,7 +9875,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="noindent" > These typically determine the link text from the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-42021"></a> or <span @@ -9889,7 +9891,7 @@ class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-42025"></a> keys. -</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using +</p><!--l. 4929--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-42026"></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, @@ -9901,14 +9903,14 @@ suppose you have defined the following entry: \newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},  <br />description=sample} </div> -<!--l. 4936--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: +<!--l. 4937--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> $\gls{Falpha}^2$ </div> -<!--l. 4940--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span +<!--l. 4941--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span class="cmmi-7">α</span></sub><sup><span class="cmr-7">2</span></sup> instead of <span @@ -9923,9 +9925,9 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> $\gls{Falpha}[^2]$ </div> -<!--l. 4946--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4947--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42027"></a> <span @@ -9936,13 +9938,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4951--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" > This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except that the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ is explicitly set. There’s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ argument. -</p><!--l. 4957--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a +</p><!--l. 4958--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span @@ -9950,14 +9952,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4960--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4963--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4962--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4963--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a id="x1-430006.2"></a>The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</h3> -<!--l. 4965--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a +<!--l. 4966--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a @@ -9975,7 +9977,7 @@ href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span +</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-43003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span class="cmti-10">final</span> @@ -9987,7 +9989,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a href="#x1-420006.1">The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43004"></a> <span @@ -9998,19 +10000,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4981--><p class="noindent" > This command explicitly sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43005"></a></a> as given in the final argument. -</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a +</p><!--l. 4985--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4987--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43006"></a> <span @@ -10021,14 +10023,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4991--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4992--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-43007"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43008"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 4997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43009"></a> <span @@ -10041,8 +10043,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4998--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLStext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43010"></a> <span @@ -10053,9 +10055,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5001--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5002--><p class="noindent" > These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. -</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43011"></a> <span @@ -10066,14 +10068,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5008--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-43012"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43013"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5011--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5012--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43014"></a> <span @@ -10084,8 +10086,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5014--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43015"></a> <span @@ -10096,8 +10098,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5018--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43016"></a> <span @@ -10108,14 +10110,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-43017"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43018"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43019"></a> <span @@ -10126,8 +10128,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5028--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5029--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43020"></a> <span @@ -10138,8 +10140,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5031--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5032--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43021"></a> <span @@ -10150,14 +10152,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5035--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-43022"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43023"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43024"></a> <span @@ -10168,8 +10170,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43025"></a> <span @@ -10180,8 +10182,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5045--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43026"></a> <span @@ -10192,7 +10194,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-43027"></a> key as the <a @@ -10207,8 +10209,8 @@ class="cmss-10">first</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span>. -</p><!--l. 5055--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43031"></a> <span @@ -10219,8 +10221,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5058--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43032"></a> <span @@ -10233,15 +10235,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span +</p><!--l. 5062--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5064--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43033"></a> <span @@ -10252,14 +10254,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-43034"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43035"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43036"></a> <span @@ -10270,8 +10272,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSsymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43037"></a> <span @@ -10282,8 +10284,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5080--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43038"></a> <span @@ -10294,14 +10296,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5084--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-43039"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43040"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43041"></a> <span @@ -10312,8 +10314,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5091--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43042"></a> <span @@ -10324,8 +10326,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43043"></a> <span @@ -10336,14 +10338,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5098--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5099--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a id="dx1-43044"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43045"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43046"></a> <span @@ -10354,8 +10356,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43047"></a> <span @@ -10366,8 +10368,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43048"></a> <span @@ -10378,14 +10380,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5113--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user2</span><a id="dx1-43049"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43050"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5117--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43051"></a> <span @@ -10396,8 +10398,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5119--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43052"></a> <span @@ -10408,10 +10410,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5122--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5123--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43053"></a> <span @@ -10422,14 +10424,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user3</span><a id="dx1-43054"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43055"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5130--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43056"></a> <span @@ -10440,8 +10442,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5133--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5134--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43057"></a> <span @@ -10452,8 +10454,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5136--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43058"></a> <span @@ -10464,14 +10466,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5140--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user4</span><a id="dx1-43059"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43060"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43061"></a> <span @@ -10482,8 +10484,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43062"></a> <span @@ -10494,8 +10496,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43063"></a> <span @@ -10506,14 +10508,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user5</span><a id="dx1-43064"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43065"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43066"></a> <span @@ -10524,8 +10526,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43067"></a> <span @@ -10536,8 +10538,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5164--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5165--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43068"></a> <span @@ -10548,14 +10550,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5169--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user6</span><a id="dx1-43069"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-43070"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5173--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43071"></a> <span @@ -10566,8 +10568,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5175--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43072"></a> <span @@ -10578,15 +10580,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5180--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5180--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5181--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3> -<!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a +<!--l. 5184--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-44001"></a></a> for the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span @@ -10594,15 +10596,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands is governed by<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x7" id="fn1x7-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-44002f1"></a>: -</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5189--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" > This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style for a given glossary, then you need to use -</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\defglsentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44007"></a> <span @@ -10611,7 +10613,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" > instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary @@ -10619,7 +10621,7 @@ type. This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a id="dx1-44008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry format definition. -</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is the default display format for entries. Once the display format has been changed for an individual glossary using <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a @@ -10639,37 +10641,37 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) use <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>to set their display style. </div> -</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5211--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5213--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>, or if you want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you may use the following commands: -</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5219--><p class="noindent" > This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version 4.08, you can also access the glossary entry type using: -</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstype</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstype </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" > This is defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\edef</span><a id="dx1-44014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather than <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{\glslabel}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 5227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscustomtext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5230--><p class="noindent" > This is the custom text supplied in <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. It’s always empty for <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a @@ -10682,17 +10684,17 @@ class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a class="cmtt-10">\ifdefempty </span>to determine if <span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span>is empty.) -</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinsert</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5238--><p class="noindent" > The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>and their upper case variants. -</p><!--l. 5241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44020"></a> <span @@ -10701,7 +10703,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5243--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>or <span @@ -10709,7 +10711,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>was used, this command does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true text</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscapscase</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44021"></a> <span @@ -10720,7 +10722,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">first uc</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5249--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span @@ -10735,7 +10737,7 @@ class="cmti-10">first uc</span>⟩. If <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>were used, this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">all caps</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifhyperon</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44022"></a> <span @@ -10744,7 +10746,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">hyper true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">hyper false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5257--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hyper true</span>⟩ if the hyperlinks are on for the current reference, otherwise it will do ⟨<span @@ -10763,12 +10765,12 @@ class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-44026"></a>) or because it’s the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on first use. -</p><!--l. 5267--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5268--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span><a id="dx1-44027"></a> is now deprecated. If you want to know if the command used to reference this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you can use: -</p><!--l. 5270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkvar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44028"></a> <span @@ -10779,7 +10781,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">star</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">plus</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">unmodified</span>⟩ if the unmodified version was used, or will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">star</span>⟩ if the @@ -10790,7 +10792,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a id="dx1-44029"></a> key was used to override the default setting, so this command shouldn’t be used to guess whether or not the hyperlink is on for this reference. -</p><!--l. 5281--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 5282--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-44030"></a> within the definition of <span @@ -10798,15 +10800,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(see <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5284--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span +</p><!--l. 5285--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can use -</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgenentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="noindent" > This uses the above commands to display just the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-44032"></a>, <span @@ -10817,16 +10819,16 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-44035"></a> keys (or the custom text) with the insert text appended. -</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for acronyms (defined via +</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for acronyms (defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-44036"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 5295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgenacfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5297--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="noindent" > This uses the values from the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-44038"></a>, <span @@ -10846,7 +10848,7 @@ class="cmss-10">first</span><a class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-44045"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained via: -</p><!--l. 5302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\genacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44046"></a> <span @@ -10855,11 +10857,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5305--><p class="noindent" > instead of from the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-44047"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via: -</p><!--l. 5307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\genplacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44048"></a> <span @@ -10868,7 +10870,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="noindent" > instead of from the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-44049"></a> key. In both cases, ⟨<span @@ -10886,7 +10888,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a versions: -</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Genacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44052"></a> <span @@ -10895,9 +10897,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Genplacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44053"></a> <span @@ -10906,7 +10908,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5325--><p class="noindent" > By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change equivalents and then use <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a @@ -10930,19 +10932,19 @@ href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details on changing the style of acronyms. -</p><!--l. 5336--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is not used by the <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5339--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-44060r6"></a> -</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 6</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a id="x1-44061"></a> -</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span +</p><!--l. 5342--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-44062"></a> key to store the unit: @@ -10954,7 +10956,7 @@ key to store the unit:  <br />description={The length between two points},  <br />symbol={km}} </div> -<!--l. 5347--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 5348--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce “distance (km)” on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, then you can redefine <span @@ -10969,14 +10971,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space (\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5356--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5358--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span +<!--l. 5357--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a id="dx1-44064"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a id="dx1-44065"></a> to avoid nested hyperlinks.) -</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a +</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-44066"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a @@ -10992,24 +10994,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5369--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 5370--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce “<span class="cmbx-10">distance (km)</span>”. -</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5099r32"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-44068r7"></a> -<!--l. 5375--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 5376--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 7</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a id="x1-44069"></a> -</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span +</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span class="cmtt-10">notation </span>and you want to change the way the entry is displayed on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> so that it includes the symbol, you can @@ -11022,7 +11024,7 @@ do:  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space  <br />   (denoted \glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}} </div> -<!--l. 5383--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: +<!--l. 5384--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: </p> @@ -11033,13 +11035,13 @@ do:  <br />  symbol={$S$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5391--><p class="nopar" > The <a +<!--l. 5392--><p class="nopar" > The <a href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: “set (denoted <span class="cmmi-10">S</span>)” (assuming <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-44070"></a> was used). -</p><!--l. 5395--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can +</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can do: @@ -11049,7 +11051,7 @@ do:  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space  <br />   (denoted $\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}$)}} </div> -<!--l. 5401--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this: +<!--l. 5402--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this: </p> @@ -11060,21 +11062,21 @@ do:  <br />  symbol={S}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5409--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 5410--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5410--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5410--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span +<!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5413--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a id="dx1-44071"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it. -</p><!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5417--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4 </span> <a id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3> -<!--l. 5419--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span +<!--l. 5420--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-45001"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">html</span><a @@ -11092,20 +11094,20 @@ explicitly or through implicit means, such as via the <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-45004"></a> package option). -</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using: -</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using: +</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisablehyper</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5431--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsenablehyper</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="noindent" > respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that you should only use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands @@ -11117,7 +11119,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget</span><a class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-45009"></a> package). -</p><!--l. 5439--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a +</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a id="dx1-45010"></a>. @@ -11128,11 +11130,11 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a id="x1-45011r8"></a> -</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 8</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description)</span><a id="x1-45012"></a> -</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote +</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the @@ -11145,7 +11147,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5450--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span +<!--l. 5451--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-45014"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span @@ -11161,17 +11163,17 @@ text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>):  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5458--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5460--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a +<!--l. 5459--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the sample file <a href="#x1-5029r10"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5463--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 5464--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5464--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a id="dx1-45015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you only want to disable the hyperlinks on <a @@ -11189,13 +11191,13 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a id="dx1-45017"></a> option doesn’t get applied. <a id="x1-45018r9"></a> -</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 9</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Acronyms)</span><a id="x1-45019"></a> -</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a +</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for entries in the main glossary. I can load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using: @@ -11205,20 +11207,20 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5481--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: +<!--l. 5482--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> \glsunsetall[main] </div> -<!--l. 5485--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 5486--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5487--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5489--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks +<!--l. 5488--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5490--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a id="dx1-45020"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition @@ -11236,13 +11238,13 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). <a id="x1-45023r10"></a> -</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 10</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Mode)</span><a id="x1-45024"></a> -</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the +</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands to have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math @@ -11265,27 +11267,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a  <br />  \fi  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5514--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a +<!--l. 5515--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, which will have the hyperlinks off unless they’re forced on using the plus variant. -</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a +</p><!--l. 5520--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a href="#x1-5097r31"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5522--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5522--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5523--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5524--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5524--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2> -</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that +</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that point in the document using: -</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46001"></a> <span @@ -11294,7 +11296,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="noindent" > This is similar to the <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, only it doesn’t produce any text (so @@ -11317,16 +11319,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">set</span>:  <br />Lots of text about sets spanning many pages.  <br />\glsadd[format=)]{set} </div> -<!--l. 5541--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: -</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5542--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: +</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5546--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument is the same as for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span class="cmss-10">types</span><a @@ -11345,8 +11347,8 @@ do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> \glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}] </div> -<!--l. 5557--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 5558--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5560--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -11361,35 +11363,35 @@ class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and <a href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span +</p><!--l. 5567--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5569--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have already been used: -</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddallunused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="noindent" > This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore this location in the number list. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary types. If omitted, it defaults to the list of all defined glossaries. -</p><!--l. 5578--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span +</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, it’s best to place the command at the end of the document to ensure that all the commands you intend to use have already been used. Otherwise you could end up with a spurious comma or dash in the location list. <a id="x1-46009r11"></a> -</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5584--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 11</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Dual Entries)</span><a id="x1-46010"></a> -</p><!--l. 5584--><p class="indent" > The example file <a +</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" > The example file <a href="#x1-5063r21"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>to allow for @@ -11404,7 +11406,7 @@ option: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5590--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: +<!--l. 5591--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: </p> @@ -11418,7 +11420,7 @@ option:  <br />  \newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5602--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 5603--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span><a @@ -11444,21 +11446,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>  <br />  {support vector machine}% long form  <br />  {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description </div> -<!--l. 5613--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 5614--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in the main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5618--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5618--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5619--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5619--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 5621--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 5622--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-47001"></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a @@ -11473,8 +11475,8 @@ put <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>/<span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. </div> -</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: +</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5631--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-47004x1">You can use commands such as <span @@ -11487,7 +11489,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a \newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,  <br />description={firm, round fruit. See also \gls{pear}}} </div> - <!--l. 5639--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the + <!--l. 5640--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part of the document, you will need two runs of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -11502,7 +11504,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a  <br />makeglossaries filename  <br />latex filename </div> - <!--l. 5649--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 5650--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-47008x2">As described in <a @@ -11520,7 +11522,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see={TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 5658--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span + <!--l. 5659--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-47010"></a> key will automatically be added to the glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won’t. You therefore need to ensure @@ -11533,7 +11535,7 @@ href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>. - </p><!--l. 5665--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span + </p><!--l. 5666--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a id="dx1-47011"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <span @@ -11549,7 +11551,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 5673--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as + <!--l. 5674--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-47013"></a> or <span @@ -11563,7 +11565,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a \newterm{seal}  <br />\newterm[see={[see also]seal}]{sea lion} </div> - <!--l. 5680--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example: + <!--l. 5681--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example: </p> @@ -11584,11 +11586,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a  <br />  see={lemon,lime}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 5698--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 5699--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-47016x3">After you have defined the entry, use - <!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssee</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47017"></a> <span @@ -11599,7 +11601,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr label list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5703--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5704--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of entry labels to be cross-referenced, ⟨<span @@ -11616,12 +11618,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> \glssee[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem} </div> - <!--l. 5711--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span + <!--l. 5712--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ to the glossary but doesn’t add the cross-referenced entries (specified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩) to the glossary.</p></li></ol> -<!--l. 5717--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the +<!--l. 5718--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-47019"></a></a>, whereas in case 1, the cross-referenced information appears @@ -11646,15 +11648,15 @@ class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-47026"></a> package option. </p> -<!--l. 5729--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3> -<!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span +<!--l. 5733--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-48001"></a> key or the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in the glossary according to: -</p><!--l. 5735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseeformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48002"></a> <span @@ -11665,7 +11667,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5737--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" > The default definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -11690,37 +11692,37 @@ href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><a \renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}  <br /> \glsseelist{#2}} </div> -<!--l. 5753--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span +<!--l. 5754--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated by -</p><!--l. 5759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseesep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5761--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5762--><p class="noindent" > or (for the last pair) -</p><!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseelastsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5765--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5766--><p class="noindent" > These default to “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">,\space</span></span></span>” and “<span class="cmtt-10">\space\andname</span><a id="dx1-48010"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>” respectively. The list entry text is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5772--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -11738,8 +11740,8 @@ For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps: \renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%  <br />  \textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 5779--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5781--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span +<!--l. 5780--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5782--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><a id="dx1-48016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a @@ -11754,16 +11756,16 @@ Some information (see also  <br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%  <br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}). </div> -<!--l. 5790--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5791--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5791--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5793--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5793--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5794--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5794--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2> -</p><!--l. 5796--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any +</p><!--l. 5797--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any information to the glossary. They don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a id="dx1-49001"></a>, they don’t have @@ -11772,7 +11774,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and, apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a id="dx1-49002"></a>, they don’t produce hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 5802--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will +</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need to provide an alternative via <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-49003"></a>’s <span @@ -11785,8 +11787,8 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a first letter to upper case aren’t expandable. The other commands depend on whether their corresponding keys were assigned non-expandable values. </div> -</p><!--l. 5811--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5813--><p class="indent" > If you want each word in a given entry field capitalised, you can use +</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="indent" > If you want each word in a given entry field capitalised, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords</span><a id="dx1-49005"></a>⟨<span @@ -11801,24 +11803,24 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> \ecaptialisewords{\glsentrytext{somelabel}} </div> -<!--l. 5819--><p class="nopar" > Note that <span +<!--l. 5820--><p class="nopar" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords </span>is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5824--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5825--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5827--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5828--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span @@ -11838,21 +11840,21 @@ class="cmss-10">first</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>. -</p><!--l. 5838--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span +</p><!--l. 5839--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5841--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span @@ -11872,34 +11874,34 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily #1}} </div> -<!--l. 5854--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5855--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5858--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name upper case. -</p><!--l. 5861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrytext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5863--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5864--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrytext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5866--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5867--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span @@ -11910,22 +11912,22 @@ case. The first form is expandable (unless the text contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5877--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5879--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span @@ -11936,22 +11938,22 @@ case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpa commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5890--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5894--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the <a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as @@ -11963,22 +11965,22 @@ first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5906--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural form of the <a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry @@ -11992,22 +11994,22 @@ first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5918--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5920--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5921--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span @@ -12015,14 +12017,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc </span>makes the first letter upper case. The firs the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5929--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5930--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -12030,33 +12032,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the description. -</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5936--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5942--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5945--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5946--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span @@ -12064,22 +12066,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. Th (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5956--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5960--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span @@ -12087,7 +12089,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol </span>makes the first letter upper case. The fi (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsletentryfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49034"></a> <span @@ -12098,7 +12100,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" > This command doesn’t display anything. It merely fetches the value associated with the given field (where the available field names are listed in <a href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>) and stores the @@ -12112,15 +12114,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\tmp</span></span></span>: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> \glsletentryfield{\tmp}{apple}{desc} </div> -<!--l. 5978--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5979--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5983--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -12128,33 +12130,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command is not expandable. It’s used in some of the predefined glossary styles to display the symbol. -</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5998--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5999--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span @@ -12162,63 +12164,63 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6011--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6014--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6015--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6017--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6018--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6018--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6020--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6021--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6023--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6026--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49046"></a> <span @@ -12227,39 +12229,39 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6029--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6033--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6036--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6038--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6041--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6042--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The lower case forms are expandable (unless the value of the @@ -12268,7 +12270,7 @@ upper case letter convert the first letter of the required value to upper case and are not expandable. None of these commands check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshyperlink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49051"></a> <span @@ -12277,7 +12279,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" > This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ <span class="cmbx-10">but does not add</span> @@ -12298,7 +12300,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-49058"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 6063--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 6064--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to the glossary using any of the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span @@ -12309,28 +12311,28 @@ href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an undefined link. </div> -</p><!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6070--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a +</p><!--l. 6069--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6071--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> or with the <span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a id="dx1-49059"></a> package option: -</p><!--l. 6072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6077--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6078--><p class="noindent" > Both display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-49062"></a></a> for the entry given by ⟨<span @@ -12351,29 +12353,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-49065"></a></a>) followed by one or two runs of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required. -</p><!--l. 6084--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span +</p><!--l. 6085--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The second command, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using: -</p><!--l. 6087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6089--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6090--><p class="noindent" > as the separator between all but the last two elements and -</p><!--l. 6091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6093--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6094--><p class="noindent" > between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">,␣</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">␣\&␣</span></span></span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It works with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, but for Options <a @@ -12394,15 +12396,15 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-49070"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 6105--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information +</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6108--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). </p> -<!--l. 6111--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6111--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6112--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2> </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -12412,12 +12414,12 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6116--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a id="dx1-50002"></a> in the preamble.) @@ -12433,16 +12435,16 @@ href="#option3"><span class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6122--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6123--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6124--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6125--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-50004"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 6128--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were +<!--l. 6129--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined. Note that, in the case of Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, no glossaries will appear until you @@ -12473,7 +12475,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to make the glossaries appear, but make the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-50010"></a>s</a> up-to-date. -</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: +</p><!--l. 6139--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="#option1"><span @@ -12481,14 +12483,14 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6143--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a id="dx1-50012"></a> in the preamble.) @@ -12504,18 +12506,18 @@ href="#option3"><span class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6148--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6149--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6150--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-50014"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 6152--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span +<!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list of options. The following keys are available: @@ -12530,7 +12532,7 @@ class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> \printglossary[type=\acronymtype] </div> - <!--l. 6160--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span + <!--l. 6161--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a id="dx1-50016"></a> to the name of a glossary that was defined using <span @@ -12648,7 +12650,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">def </span>(order of definition) <span class="cmtt-10">nocase</span> (case-insensitive) or <span class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive). - <!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" >The + <!--l. 6220--><p class="noindent" >The word and letter @@ -12700,7 +12702,7 @@ class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a for further details. - </p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span + </p><!--l. 6229--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span class="cmtt-10">sort=use </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">sort=def </span>but you do get an error with one of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the @@ -12712,7 +12714,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a commands in their <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-50049"></a> field.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 6235--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span +<!--l. 6236--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a id="dx1-50050"></a> or by <span class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a @@ -12729,7 +12731,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span><a class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a id="dx1-50055"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the command -</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50056"></a> <span @@ -12738,7 +12740,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6243--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6244--><p class="noindent" > If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you will need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a @@ -12747,14 +12749,14 @@ commands is given in <a href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. -</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the +</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main body of the glossary) by redefining -</p><!--l. 6251--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6254--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -12763,9 +12765,9 @@ For example: \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 6258--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed. -</p><!--l. 6261--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use -</p><!--l. 6262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6259--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed. +</p><!--l. 6262--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use +</p><!--l. 6263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50060"></a> <span @@ -12775,11 +12777,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">preamble text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6264--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6265--><p class="noindent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is omitted, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used. -</p><!--l. 6267--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 6268--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> @@ -12787,24 +12789,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used. \setglossarypreamble{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 6271--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any +<!--l. 6272--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text for any other glossaries. -</p><!--l. 6275--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span +</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span>called -</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossarypostamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="noindent" > which is placed at the end of each glossary. <a id="x1-50062r12"></a> -</p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 12</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a id="x1-50063"></a> -</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span +</p><!--l. 6283--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-50064"></a> style<span class="footnote-mark"><a @@ -12823,21 +12825,21 @@ switch back to one column mode, you could do:  <br />}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn} </div> -<!--l. 6296--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 6297--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6298--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6298--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6300--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to +</p><!--l. 6302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnamefont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" > which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of the glossary style. By default, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>simply displays its argument in whatever @@ -12858,13 +12860,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a name in bold. <a id="x1-50074r13"></a> -</p><!--l. 6317--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 13</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names</span> <span class="cmbx-12">in the Glossary)</span><a id="x1-50075"></a> -</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in +</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your glossaries, then you can do: @@ -12872,18 +12874,18 @@ your glossaries, then you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> \renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries #1}} </div> -<!--l. 6322--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 6323--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6323--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6323--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6325--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6325--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6326--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6326--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy (Option 3)</h2> -</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-51001"></a></a> to sort the glossary, you must use the package option @@ -12896,10 +12898,10 @@ class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6332--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span +<!--l. 6333--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-51003"></a> syntax. -</p><!--l. 6336--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 6337--><p class="indent" > <a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external @@ -12912,42 +12914,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-51004"></a></a> style file (<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-51005"></a>) and parameters. -</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a +</p><!--l. 6342--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-51006"></a></a> style file, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 6344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsopenbrace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6346--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsclosebrace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6350--><p class="noindent" > which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\}</span></span></span> don’t expand to a simple brace character when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a percent character using: -</p><!--l. 6354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspercentchar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6357--><p class="noindent" > and a tilde character using: -</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstildechar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6360--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="noindent" > For example, a newline character is specified in a <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a @@ -12957,24 +12959,24 @@ use <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar n </span>to write this correctly (or you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string~n</span></span></span>). A backslash can be written to a file using -</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsbackslash</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6369--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character +</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6370--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g. <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a id="dx1-51013"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 6371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsquote</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsquote{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6373--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6374--><p class="noindent" > which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -12983,7 +12985,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\string"</span></span></span> to write the double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> for clarity. -</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a +</p><!--l. 6380--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-51015"></a></a> style file than is available through the @@ -13013,10 +13015,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html</span></a>). </p> -<!--l. 6390--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3> -<!--l. 6393--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a +<!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-52001"></a></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you @@ -13038,7 +13040,7 @@ language given your document settings, but in the event that it gets it wrong or class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-52006"></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the required language using: -</p><!--l. 6402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52007"></a> <span @@ -13048,7 +13050,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">language</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you have multiple glossaries in different languages. If ⟨<span @@ -13056,21 +13058,21 @@ class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩ is omitted, it will be applied to all glossaries, otherwise the language setting will only be applied to the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-52008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of <span class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span><a id="dx1-52009"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using: -</p><!--l. 6415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6417--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6418--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the name of the encoding. For example: @@ -13079,8 +13081,8 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the name of the encoding. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> \GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8} </div> -<!--l. 6421--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6423--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option +<!--l. 6422--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6424--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={language=</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -13093,8 +13095,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6429--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6431--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a +<!--l. 6430--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6432--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-52011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings, @@ -13105,10 +13107,10 @@ you need to set the language to nothing: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> -<!--l. 6436--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span +<!--l. 6437--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-52012"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten). -</p><!--l. 6440--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +</p><!--l. 6441--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if you don’t use <a @@ -13124,13 +13126,13 @@ to remember to set the language and encoding using the <span class="cmtt-10">-L </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">-C </span>switches. </div> -</p><!--l. 6446--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6447--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3> -<!--l. 6451--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span +<!--l. 6452--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-53001"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you will be using @@ -13156,17 +13158,17 @@ class="cmti-10">before</span> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-53008"></a> using: -</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of counter names. -</p><!--l. 6464--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span +</p><!--l. 6465--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-53010"></a> key (<span class="cmtt-10">textrm</span><a @@ -13178,25 +13180,25 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-53013"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it using: -</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6470--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the attribute, as used in the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-53015"></a> key. <a id="x1-53016r14"></a> -</p><!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6475--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 14</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a id="x1-53017"></a> -</p><!--l. 6475--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a +</p><!--l. 6476--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that will do this: @@ -13204,7 +13206,7 @@ command that will do this: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 6479--><p class="nopar" > but with <a +<!--l. 6480--><p class="nopar" > but with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-53018"></a></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed attribute: @@ -13214,7 +13216,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} </div> -<!--l. 6484--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span +<!--l. 6485--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-53019"></a>: @@ -13223,13 +13225,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> Here is a \gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample} entry. </div> -<!--l. 6489--><p class="nopar" > (where <span +<!--l. 6490--><p class="nopar" > (where <span class="cmtt-10">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6493--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6494--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-53020"></a> is used or if @@ -13243,10 +13245,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6499--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a +</p><!--l. 6500--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6502--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a location style in the appropriate format using -</p><!--l. 6503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53023"></a> <span @@ -13258,7 +13260,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6505--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6506--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the format and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ is the <a @@ -13278,7 +13280,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 6513--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-53026"></a> is used or if @@ -13289,14 +13291,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-53028"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-53029r15"></a> -</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 15</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a id="x1-53030"></a> -</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where +</p><!--l. 6521--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\thesection </span>as follows: @@ -13305,7 +13307,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\thesection </span>as follows: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> \renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}} </div> -<!--l. 6524--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6525--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the counter will be used as a location number: @@ -13314,7 +13316,7 @@ counter will be used as a location number: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> \GlsAddXdyCounters{section} </div> -<!--l. 6530--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span +<!--l. 6531--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span class="cmtt-10">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>): @@ -13326,7 +13328,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):  <br />  "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6537--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span +<!--l. 6538--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-53031"></a> package and want to redefine <span @@ -13338,7 +13340,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theHsection </span>as: \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}  <br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}} </div> -<!--l. 6543--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span +<!--l. 6544--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to: @@ -13348,7 +13350,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6549--><p class="nopar" > Since <span +<!--l. 6550--><p class="nopar" > Since <span class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span><a id="dx1-53032"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an extra location to catch this: @@ -13360,20 +13362,20 @@ add an extra location to catch this:  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6556--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a +<!--l. 6557--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a href="#x1-5076r24"><span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6559--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6559--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6560--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6560--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-53033r16"></a> -<!--l. 6561--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 16</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a id="x1-53034"></a> -</p><!--l. 6562--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use +</p><!--l. 6563--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the <span class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a id="dx1-53035"></a> package to do this. I can redefine <span @@ -13385,7 +13387,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} </div> -<!--l. 6567--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6568--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\protect</span><span class="cmtt-10"> \Numberstringnum</span><span class="cmtt-10"> </span></span></span><span @@ -13403,7 +13405,7 @@ form:  <br />  \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 6575--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span +<!--l. 6576--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear in the format, since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a @@ -13411,14 +13413,14 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-53037"></a></a> doesn’t ignore spaces after control sequences. -</p><!--l. 6580--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 6581--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>will define commands in the form: -</p><!--l. 6583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 6584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>⟨<span @@ -13428,7 +13430,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6584--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6585--><p class="noindent" > for each counter that has been identified either by the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a id="dx1-53038"></a> package option, the @@ -13438,7 +13440,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-53039"></a> or in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a id="dx1-53040"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6589--><p class="indent" > The first argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6590--><p class="indent" > The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>⟩ is only relevant when used with the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-53041"></a> package @@ -13483,12 +13485,12 @@ class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ commands:  <br />}  <br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} </div> -<!--l. 6610--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 6611--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6611--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6611--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6613--><p class="indent" > In the <a +<!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6614--><p class="indent" > In the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-53045"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to type. The default ordering is: <span @@ -13515,15 +13517,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a which they were defined), <span class="cmtt-10">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This ordering can be changed using: -</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6630--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53051"></a> -</p><!--l. 6631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location names</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6633--><p class="noindent" > where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space. For example: @@ -13541,8 +13543,8 @@ space. For example:  <br />  "see"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6646--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6648--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 6647--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6649--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-53052"></a> is used or if @@ -13553,23 +13555,23 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-53054"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6655--><p class="indent" > If a <a +</p><!--l. 6654--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="indent" > If a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-53055"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation defaults to 2, but can be changed using: -</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6661--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53056"></a> -</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -13577,14 +13579,14 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3} </div> -<!--l. 6667--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span +<!--l. 6668--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span class="cmtt-10">none</span>, to indicate that there should be no range formations. See the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-53057"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations. -</p><!--l. 6672--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-53058"></a> is used or if @@ -13595,16 +13597,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-53060"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6677--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6679--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6680--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details. </p> -<!--l. 6681--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3> -<!--l. 6684--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The +<!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the <span @@ -13616,21 +13618,21 @@ class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6690--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in +<!--l. 6691--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the default group. -</p><!--l. 6694--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” +</p><!--l. 6695--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this using: -</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54002"></a> -</p><!--l. 6700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">letter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6703--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 6702--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6704--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-54003"></a> is used or @@ -13642,16 +13644,16 @@ before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-54005"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6709--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6710--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6710--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6711--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6711--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2> -</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using: -</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using: +</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55001"></a> <span @@ -13670,7 +13672,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6717--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the label to assign to this glossary. The arguments ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span @@ -13705,16 +13707,16 @@ class="cmti-10">log-ext</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>⟩ arguments are ignored. -</p><!--l. 6730--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ must not contain any active characters. It’s generally best to stick with just characters that have category code 11 (typically the non-extended <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a id="dx1-55006"></a>s</a> for standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>). </div> -</p><!--l. 6735--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6737--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08): -</p><!--l. 6738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6736--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6738--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08): +</p><!--l. 6739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossary*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55007"></a> <span @@ -13725,7 +13727,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6741--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -13748,7 +13750,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> or you can also use: -<!--l. 6746--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\altnewglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55008"></a> <span @@ -13762,7 +13764,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6749--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -13785,7 +13787,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 6754--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms or acronyms that are so common +<!--l. 6755--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms or acronyms that are so common that they don’t need to be listed. In this case, you can define a special type of glossary that doesn’t create any associated files. This is referred to as an “ignored glossary” and it’s ignored by commands that iterate over all @@ -13795,14 +13797,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a use -</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newignoredglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6762--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the glossary (as above). This glossary type will automatically be added to the <span @@ -13812,8 +13814,8 @@ entries in an ignored glossary. (The sample file <a href="#x1-5099r32"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an ignored glossary.) -</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using: -</p><!--l. 6770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6770--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using: +</p><!--l. 6771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifignoredglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55012"></a> <span @@ -13824,20 +13826,20 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6772--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6773--><p class="noindent" > This does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ was defined as an ignored glossary, otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: +</p><!--l. 6777--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> \newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname} </div> -<!--l. 6779--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 6780--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>(unless the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a id="dx1-55013"></a> package option is used). @@ -13850,7 +13852,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> -<!--l. 6785--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 6786--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-55015"></a> @@ -13869,7 +13871,7 @@ list of acronyms, you need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a id="dx1-55018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6796--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 6797--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a id="dx1-55019"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">symbols</span> @@ -13880,7 +13882,7 @@ using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 6800--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 6801--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a id="dx1-55020"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">numbers</span> @@ -13891,7 +13893,7 @@ using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 6805--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 6806--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a id="dx1-55021"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">index </span>using: @@ -13901,14 +13903,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">index </span>using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname} </div> -<!--l. 6810--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6812--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a +<!--l. 6811--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6813--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>: all glossaries must be defined before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-55022"></a> to ensure that the relevant output files are opened. -</p><!--l. 6816--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:fixednames"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span @@ -13925,15 +13927,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\indexname</span><a id="dx1-55025"></a>, just follow the advice in <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam" >How to change LaTeX’s “fixed names”</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6825--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6826--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6826--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms</h2> -</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the +</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the commands described here for abbreviations or contractions (as in the case of some of the examples given below). If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it should be “Abbreviations” rather than “Acronyms”) then you can change the title @@ -13951,8 +13953,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a class="cmtt-10">\printacronym</span><a id="dx1-56004"></a>). </div> -</p><!--l. 6838--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a +</p><!--l. 6839--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new @@ -13961,7 +13963,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the document. This provides a useful means to define acronyms. For convenience, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package defines the command: -</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56005"></a> <span @@ -13975,8 +13977,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6849--><p class="indent" > This uses <span +</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-56006"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the glossary given by <span @@ -13997,7 +13999,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-56012"></a> keys in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to store the long and abbreviated forms and their plurals. -</p><!--l. 6857--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via the +</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a id="dx1-56013"></a> or the command <span @@ -14020,8 +14022,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-56017"></a>) before defining your entries. </div> -</p><!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6871--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>allows you to specify keys such as <span @@ -14046,7 +14048,7 @@ class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a \newacronym[longplural={diagonal matrices}]%  <br />  {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix} </div> -<!--l. 6880--><p class="nopar" > If the <a +<!--l. 6881--><p class="nopar" > If the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices (DMs). If you want to use the <span @@ -14058,7 +14060,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-56023"></a> to set the display style rather than using one of the pre-version 4.02 acronym styles. -</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="indent" > Since <span +</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="indent" > Since <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-56024"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a @@ -14068,7 +14070,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a id="dx1-56027"></a> as with any other glossary entry. -</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span +</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>sets <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span>, if you want to load a file containing acronym definitions using <span @@ -14089,21 +14091,21 @@ href="#sec:loadglsentries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.6 </a><a href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading Entries From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6899--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-56030r17"></a> -</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 17</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining an Acronym)</span><a id="x1-56031"></a> -</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" > The following defines the acronym IDN: +</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" > The following defines the acronym IDN: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> \newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 6904--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6905--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (IDN)” on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and “IDN” on subsequent uses. If you want to use one of the smallcaps acronym styles, described in @@ -14118,7 +14120,7 @@ shortened form: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> \newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 6912--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6913--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (<span class="cmcsc-10"><span class="small-caps">i</span><span @@ -14132,9 +14134,9 @@ class="small-caps">n</span></span>” on subsequent uses. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6918--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a +<!--l. 6917--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in that they don’t modify the <a @@ -14148,8 +14150,8 @@ apply to the <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands also apply to the following commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6926--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a +</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, and there are similar star and plus variants that switch off or on the hyperlinks. As @@ -14161,7 +14163,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a id="dx1-56035"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56036"></a> <span @@ -14172,7 +14174,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="noindent" > This sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-56037"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span @@ -14185,8 +14187,8 @@ class="cmss-10">short</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-56040"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56041"></a> <span @@ -14197,8 +14199,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56042"></a> <span @@ -14209,9 +14211,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="noindent" > There are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56043"></a> <span @@ -14222,8 +14224,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56044"></a> <span @@ -14234,8 +14236,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56045"></a> <span @@ -14246,14 +14248,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6955--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6956--><p class="noindent" > The short plural form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-56046"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-56047"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56048"></a> <span @@ -14266,7 +14268,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="noindent" > This sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-56049"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by ⟨<span @@ -14276,8 +14278,8 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-56050"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-56051"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56052"></a> <span @@ -14288,8 +14290,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56053"></a> <span @@ -14300,9 +14302,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="noindent" > Again there are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56054"></a> <span @@ -14313,8 +14315,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56055"></a> <span @@ -14325,8 +14327,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6979--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56056"></a> <span @@ -14337,14 +14339,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" > The long plural form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-56057"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-56058"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that +</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that this isn’t necessarily the same as the form used on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. These full-form commands are shortcuts that use the above commands, rather than creating @@ -14353,7 +14355,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-56059"></a></a> from the complete full form. These full-form commands have star and plus variants and optional arguments that are passed to the above commands. -</p><!--l. 6993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56060"></a> <span @@ -14364,9 +14366,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="noindent" > This is a shortcut for -</p><!--l. 6997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56061"></a> <span @@ -14377,7 +14379,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7000--><p class="noindent" > which by default does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -14404,7 +14406,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> where -<!--l. 7007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7008--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56062"></a> <span @@ -14413,14 +14415,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7009--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="noindent" > by default does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). (For further details of these format commands see the documented code, <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.) -</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56063"></a> <span @@ -14433,8 +14435,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56064"></a> <span @@ -14445,9 +14447,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" > and plural versions: -</p><!--l. 7023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56065"></a> <span @@ -14458,8 +14460,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56066"></a> <span @@ -14470,8 +14472,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7028--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56067"></a> <span @@ -14482,8 +14484,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7031--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7033--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the +</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span><a id="dx1-56068"></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed in @@ -14493,7 +14495,7 @@ href="#tab:shortcuts">table 13.1</a>. <div class="table"> -<!--l. 7037--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 7038--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:shortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -14645,7 +14647,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 7063--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to +<!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the glossary using commands analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-56102"></a> (described in <a @@ -14653,7 +14655,7 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). -</p><!--l. 7067--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same +</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same caveats as those for analogous commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-56103"></a> (non-expandable, @@ -14663,95 +14665,95 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7075--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: -</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: +</p><!--l. 7077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56104"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 7080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56105"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7083--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56106"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7087--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56107"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7089--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7091--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: -</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7090--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: +</p><!--l. 7093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56108"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7095--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56109"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7099--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 7100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56110"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56111"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using: -</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7106--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using: +</p><!--l. 7109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56112"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7111--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56113"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56114"></a> <span @@ -14760,36 +14762,36 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56115"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="noindent" > These again use <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-56116"></a> by default, but the format may be redefined by the acronym style. </p> -<!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7124--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a id="sec:setacronymstyle"></a>Changing the Acronym Style</h3> -<!--l. 7126--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can +<!--l. 7127--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can switch to another styles using -</p><!--l. 7128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setacronymstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-57001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the required style. -</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 7134--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span class="cmti-10">before </span>you define the acronyms with <span @@ -14798,8 +14800,8 @@ use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span class="cmti-10">after </span>using <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7138--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span +</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7141--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, the styles used via <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>don’t use the <span @@ -14822,22 +14824,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-57008"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span +</p><!--l. 7151--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-57009"></a> key is set to -</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-57010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" > and the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-57011"></a> key is set to -</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-57012"></a> <span @@ -14846,21 +14848,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" > These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can redefine them again after the style has been set but before you use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Protected expansion is performed on <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>when the entry is defined. -</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h4> -<!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 7168--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a number of predefined styles. These styles apply -</p><!--l. 7169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\firstacronymfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-58001"></a> <span @@ -14869,16 +14871,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7171--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" > to the short form on first use and -</p><!--l. 7173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-58002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7176--><p class="noindent" > on subsequent use. The styles modify the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>as required, but <span @@ -14899,7 +14901,7 @@ form displayed differently on first use, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a id="dx1-58006"></a> independently of the acronym style. -</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span +</p><!--l. 7186--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span class="cmtt-10">sc </span>in their name (for example <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a id="dx1-58007"></a>) @@ -14908,9 +14910,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-58008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be specified in lower case. -</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" > <a id="boldsc"></a> -</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine +</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a id="dx1-58009"></a> (see <a @@ -14921,8 +14923,8 @@ using a glossary style that displays entry names in bold and you have chosen an acronym style that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-58010"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7198--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span +</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span class="cmtt-10">sm </span>in their name (for example <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a id="dx1-58011"></a>) @@ -14930,9 +14932,9 @@ redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-58012"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <a id="smaller"></a> -</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span +</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t define or load any package that defines <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a @@ -14945,14 +14947,14 @@ class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a id="dx1-58015"></a> package or otherwise define <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7213--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span +</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>to simply do its argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7216--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span +</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-58016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a @@ -14963,8 +14965,8 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-58018"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-58019"></a> styles (and their variants). </div> -</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span +</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span @@ -14974,17 +14976,17 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a id="dx1-58021"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a id="dx1-58022"></a>: - <!--l. 7229--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form - </p><!--l. 7231--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span + <!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form + </p><!--l. 7232--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩ <span class="cmtt-10">(\firstacronymfont</span><a id="dx1-58023"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7232--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7233--><p class="noindent" > on first use and - </p><!--l. 7235--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-58024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -14992,7 +14994,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7237--><p class="noindent" > on subsequent use. They also set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span @@ -15018,9 +15020,9 @@ class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a id="dx1-58027"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a id="dx1-58028"></a>: - <!--l. 7247--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display + <!--l. 7248--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display order is swapped to - </p><!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 7251--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a id="dx1-58029"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -15028,9 +15030,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7251--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7252--><p class="noindent" > on first use. - </p><!--l. 7254--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span + </p><!--l. 7255--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a id="dx1-58030"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a @@ -15047,7 +15049,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-58033"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-58034"></a>: - <!--l. 7261--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span + <!--l. 7262--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a id="dx1-58035"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a @@ -15092,15 +15094,15 @@ class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-58044"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-58045"></a>: - <!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display + <!--l. 7277--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display style is: - </p><!--l. 7279--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 7280--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7280--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" > The definitions of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry </span>are the same as those for @@ -15113,7 +15115,7 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-58047"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a id="dx1-58048"></a>: - <!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a + <!--l. 7287--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands always display the long form regardless of whether the entry has been used or not. However, <span @@ -15154,10 +15156,10 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a id="dx1-58059"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a id="dx1-58060"></a>: - <!--l. 7298--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a + <!--l. 7299--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands display: - </p><!--l. 7300--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 7301--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a @@ -15165,7 +15167,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7301--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7302--><p class="noindent" > However, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-58062"></a> and <span @@ -15176,11 +15178,11 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>(⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). On subsequent use the display is: - </p><!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 7306--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7306--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7307--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-58064"></a> and <span @@ -15189,12 +15191,12 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-58066"></a> is set to the long form. - </p><!--l. 7311--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a + </p><!--l. 7312--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> the footnote styles automatically implement <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a id="dx1-58067"></a> for the acronym lists. </div> - </p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7316--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a @@ -15203,7 +15205,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a id="dx1-58069"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a id="dx1-58070"></a>: - <!--l. 7320--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description + <!--l. 7321--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description has to be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-58071"></a>. The <span @@ -15224,11 +15226,11 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a </li></ul> <a id="x1-58076r18"></a> -<!--l. 7331--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 7332--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 18</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style)</span><a id="x1-58077"></a> -</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span +</p><!--l. 7333--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a id="dx1-58078"></a> style, but I want the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a @@ -15246,7 +15248,7 @@ style: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> -<!--l. 7338--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span +<!--l. 7339--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a id="dx1-58082"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a @@ -15259,10 +15261,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%  <br />  \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}\space (\glsentrylong{#1})}% </div> -<!--l. 7344--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span +<!--l. 7345--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space instead.) -</p><!--l. 7348--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also +</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also going to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-58084"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure @@ -15273,24 +15275,24 @@ the smallcaps setting is used: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textmd{\scshape #1}} </div> -<!--l. 7354--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps. -</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 7355--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps. +</p><!--l. 7358--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a href="#x1-5027r9"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7361--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 7360--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7360--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7362--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7361--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7362--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.2 </span> <a id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h4> -<!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span +<!--l. 7365--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package don’t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style using: -</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronymstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-59001"></a> <span @@ -15302,7 +15304,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (avoid active characters). The second argument, ⟨<span @@ -15344,13 +15346,13 @@ class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ as <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% </div> -<!--l. 7384--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span +<!--l. 7385--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><a id="dx1-59012"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a id="dx1-59013"></a> to test if the entry is an acronym if you prefer.) -</p><!--l. 7388--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7389--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩, can be used to redefine the commands that affect the display style, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a @@ -15360,7 +15362,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-59015"></a> and its variants. -</p><!--l. 7393--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 7394--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-59016"></a> redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a @@ -15378,15 +15380,15 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>should redefine these commands within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="indent" > Within <span +</p><!--l. 7402--><p class="indent" > Within <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span>’s ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ argument you can also redefine -</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GenericAcronymFields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-59022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="noindent" > This is a list of additional fields to be set in <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-59023"></a>. You can use the @@ -15418,7 +15420,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%  <br />   description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 7416--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span +<!--l. 7417--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-59029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the <span @@ -15430,32 +15432,32 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 7421--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user. -</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing +<!--l. 7422--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user. +</p><!--l. 7425--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing style. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ you can use -</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-59031"></a> -</p><!--l. 7429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7431--><p class="noindent" > to use the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ definition from the style given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ you can use -</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-59032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7436--><p class="noindent" > to use the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ from the style given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. For example, the @@ -15483,7 +15485,7 @@ class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩):  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7452--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7453--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstextup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-59035"></a><span @@ -15511,11 +15513,11 @@ class="small-caps">m</span><span class="small-caps">s</span></span>.) <a id="x1-59039r19"></a> -</p><!--l. 7458--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 19</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a id="x1-59040"></a> -</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a +</p><!--l. 7460--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the long form with the description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the short form to be put in small caps in the main body of the document, but I @@ -15551,7 +15553,7 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 7480--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the +</p><!--l. 7481--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the second argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-59044"></a> using: @@ -15561,7 +15563,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% </div> -<!--l. 7484--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span +<!--l. 7485--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-59045"></a> if the entry isn’t an acronym, otherwise it will use <span @@ -15603,7 +15605,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>):  <br />   \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 7513--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a +<!--l. 7514--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence you can change the above to: @@ -15622,7 +15624,7 @@ sentence you can change the above to:  <br /> \let\Genacrfullformat\genacrfullformat  <br /> \let\Genplacrfullformat\genplacrfullformat </div> -<!--l. 7529--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span +<!--l. 7530--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-59049"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><a @@ -15632,7 +15634,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-59051"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><a id="dx1-59052"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7534--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-59053"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a @@ -15645,7 +15647,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a id="dx1-59055"></a> and their plural and upper case variants. -</p><!--l. 7541--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands: +</p><!--l. 7542--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands: </p> @@ -15667,7 +15669,7 @@ variants.  <br />      (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 7559--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands: +<!--l. 7560--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands: </p> @@ -15713,12 +15715,12 @@ variants.  <br />    }%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 7602--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the +<!--l. 7603--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the definitions so that, for example, only the short form is inside the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-59056"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 7607--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 7608--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a id="dx1-59057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted according to the long form: @@ -15728,7 +15730,7 @@ according to the long form: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">   \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}% </div> -<!--l. 7611--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above +<!--l. 7612--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above to: @@ -15736,7 +15738,7 @@ to: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">   \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}% </div> -<!--l. 7616--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span +<!--l. 7617--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-59058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that the “s” suffix in the plural short form doesn’t get converted to smallcaps: @@ -15747,7 +15749,7 @@ the “s” suffix in the plural short form doesn’t get converted   \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}% </div> -<!--l. 7623--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The +<!--l. 7624--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The simplest way is to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a id="dx1-59059"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case @@ -15760,13 +15762,13 @@ short form in parentheses:  <br />   \Glsentrylong{##1}\space  <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}% </div> -<!--l. 7631--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span +<!--l. 7632--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-59060"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-59061"></a> to capitalise the name in the glossary.) -</p><!--l. 7635--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span +</p><!--l. 7636--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a id="dx1-59062"></a> to just the long form and redefine <span @@ -15788,7 +15790,7 @@ style) like this:  <br /> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%  <br />    symbol={\protect\MakeTextUppercase{\the\glsshorttok}}}% </div> -<!--l. 7644--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span +<!--l. 7645--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a id="dx1-59067"></a> to do nothing: @@ -15798,8 +15800,8 @@ nothing: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">  \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 7649--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7651--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested +<!--l. 7650--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7652--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested links: @@ -15807,7 +15809,7 @@ links: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">  \glshyperfirstfalse </div> -<!--l. 7655--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together: +<!--l. 7656--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together: </p> @@ -15901,15 +15903,15 @@ links:  <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7744--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7746--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style: +<!--l. 7745--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> \setacronymstyle{custom-fn} </div> -<!--l. 7749--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example +<!--l. 7750--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a id="dx1-59068"></a>: @@ -15919,8 +15921,8 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> \setglossarystyle{altlist} </div> -<!--l. 7754--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7756--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms: +<!--l. 7755--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7757--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms: </p> @@ -15932,21 +15934,21 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a  <br />layout of a document written in a markup language}]{css}  <br />{css}{Cascading Style Sheet} </div> -<!--l. 7765--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7767--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 7766--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7768--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a href="#x1-5030r11"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7769--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7769--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7771--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 7770--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7770--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7771--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3> -<!--l. 7774--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its +<!--l. 7775--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a @@ -15989,7 +15991,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 7787--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span + <!--l. 7788--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-60005"></a> package option you can also use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -16016,7 +16018,7 @@ href="#acronymoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.) </dd></dl> -<!--l. 7799--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries +<!--l. 7800--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a @@ -16041,18 +16043,18 @@ class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-60010"></a></dd></dl> -<!--l. 7807--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your +<!--l. 7808--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your acronym style. Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7813--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7813--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3> -<!--l. 7815--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span +<!--l. 7816--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a id="dx1-61001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with the replacement <span @@ -16064,13 +16066,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩ when defining the acronym ⟨<span class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7821--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span +</p><!--l. 7822--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x14" id="fn1x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-61003f1"></a> provides the command: -</p><!--l. 7824--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\oldacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-61004"></a> <span @@ -16084,7 +16086,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7826--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7827--><p class="noindent" > This uses the same syntax as the <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a id="dx1-61005"></a> package’s method of defining acronyms. It is @@ -16140,7 +16142,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a or <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-61013"></a> to change the settings. -</p><!--l. 7843--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 7844--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> ignores spaces following command names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span @@ -16152,10 +16154,10 @@ using <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a id="dx1-61015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x14" id="fn2x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span></div> -</p><!--l. 7849--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-61016f2"></a> -</p><!--l. 7853--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7854--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t load the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a id="dx1-61017"></a> package since there are both @@ -16180,14 +16182,14 @@ can’t use the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitl <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-61022"></a>). -</p><!--l. 7864--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: +</p><!--l. 7865--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> \oldacronym{abc}{example acronym}{} </div> -<!--l. 7868--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span +<!--l. 7869--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>and its starred version <span class="cmtt-10">\abc*</span>. <a href="#tab:xspace">Table 13.2</a> @@ -16204,7 +16206,7 @@ recognised. <div class="table"> -<!--l. 7876--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 7877--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:xspace"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -16270,11 +16272,11 @@ class="td11"> abc’s xyz </td></tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 7894--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7894--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7895--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7895--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2> -</p><!--l. 7897--><p class="indent" > When using the <a +</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" > When using the <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands it is possible that you may want to use the value given by the <span @@ -16286,73 +16288,73 @@ class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-62002"></a> key, even though you haven’t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 7903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsreset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7905--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7906--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="noindent" > while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 7910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsunset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7912--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7915--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7916--><p class="noindent" > You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 7918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsresetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7920--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalresetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7923--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsunsetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunsetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7929--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7930--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. If omitted, all defined glossaries are assumed (except for the ignored ones). For example, to reset all entries @@ -16363,10 +16365,10 @@ in the main glossary and the list of acronyms: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> \glsresetall[main,acronym] </div> -<!--l. 7937--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7939--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a +<!--l. 7938--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using: -</p><!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62011"></a> <span @@ -16377,20 +16379,20 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7942--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the required entry. If the entry has been used, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ will be done, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ will be done. -</p><!--l. 7947--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a +</p><!--l. 7948--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a href="#x1-420006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands within an environment or command argument that gets processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the first use displayed text is different from subsequent use. </div> -</p><!--l. 7952--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span +</p><!--l. 7953--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7955--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="cmss-10">frame</span><a id="dx1-62012"></a><a id="dx1-62013"></a> environment in <span @@ -16399,7 +16401,7 @@ class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a overlay. This means that the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent overlays will use the non-first use form. -</p><!--l. 7959--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example: +</p><!--l. 7960--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example: </p> @@ -16417,15 +16419,15 @@ subsequent overlays will use the non-first use form.  <br />\end{frame}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 7979--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7981--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7980--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7982--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> produces “support vector machine (SVM)” and then unsets the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. When the second overlay is processed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> now produces “SVM”, which is unlikely to be the desired effect. I don’t know anyway around this and I can only offer two suggestions. -</p><!--l. 7987--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use +</p><!--l. 7988--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-62015"></a> when you want the full version to be displayed: @@ -16447,8 +16449,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a  <br />\end{frame}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8009--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8011--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use: +<!--l. 8010--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8012--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use: </p> @@ -16461,7 +16463,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a  <br /> \end{itemize}  <br />\end{frame} </div> -<!--l. 8021--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span +<!--l. 8022--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a id="dx1-62016"></a> class is too complex for me to provide a programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic environments are some @@ -16474,7 +16476,7 @@ class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-62020"></a> itself) that process the contents in order to work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual typesetting. -</p><!--l. 8029--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8030--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a id="dx1-62021"></a> environments, such as <span class="cmss-10">align</span><a @@ -16483,33 +16485,33 @@ class="cmss-10">align</span><a times, but the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now checks for this. </p> -<!--l. 8034--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8035--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.1 </span> <a id="sec:enableentrycount"></a>Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</h3> -<!--l. 8037--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is +<!--l. 8038--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. That is, how many times the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is unset. -</p><!--l. 8041--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document +</p><!--l. 8042--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time and also switches <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-63001"></a> (and therefore <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-63002"></a>) into a preamble-only command. </div> -</p><!--l. 8046--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8048--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use -</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use +</p><!--l. 8050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsenableentrycount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8052--><p class="noindent" > before defining your entries. This adds two extra (internal) fields to entries: <span class="cmtt-10">currcount</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount</span>. -</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8056--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field keeps track of how many times <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used within the document. A local unset (using <span @@ -16525,7 +16527,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>and class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>reset this field back to zero (where <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>performs a local change). -</p><!--l. 8063--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8064--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field stores the final value of the <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field <span class="cmti-10">from the previous</span> @@ -16536,8 +16538,8 @@ class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-63004"></a><a id="dx1-63005"></a> environment. -</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using -</p><!--l. 8069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8069--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using +</p><!--l. 8070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63006"></a> <span @@ -16546,24 +16548,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8071--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8072--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field, and -</p><!--l. 8073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8075--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8076--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field. <span class="cmbx-10">These commands are only defined if you have used</span> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><span class="cmbx-10">.</span> -</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> @@ -16580,7 +16582,7 @@ class="cmbx-10">.</span>  <br />Number of times apple has been used: \glsentrycurrcount{apple}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8097--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 8098--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces 0. At the end of the document, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -16605,10 +16607,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> now produces� class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field for the <span class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry at the end of the document on the previous run. -</p><!--l. 8110--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span +</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, you also enable the following commands: -</p><!--l. 8112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63008"></a> <span @@ -16619,9 +16621,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8115--><p class="noindent" > (no case-change, singular) -</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63009"></a> <span @@ -16632,9 +16634,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8119--><p class="noindent" > (no case-change, plural) -</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63010"></a> <span @@ -16645,9 +16647,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8122--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8123--><p class="noindent" > (first letter uppercase, singular), and -</p><!--l. 8124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63011"></a> <span @@ -16658,14 +16660,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8126--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8127--><p class="noindent" > (first letter uppercase, plural). These all have plus and starred variants like the analogous <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>commands. -</p><!--l. 8131--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span +</p><!--l. 8132--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, these commands behave like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span @@ -16703,7 +16705,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span>. -<!--l. 8146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63012"></a> <span @@ -16712,7 +16714,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8148--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8149--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -16732,7 +16734,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63013"></a> <span @@ -16741,7 +16743,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8163--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -16761,7 +16763,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 8174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63014"></a> <span @@ -16770,7 +16772,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8176--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8177--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -16792,7 +16794,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 8187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63015"></a> <span @@ -16801,7 +16803,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8189--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8190--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -16819,11 +16821,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ -<br /><span -class="cmtt-10">otherwise.</span> -</div> </div> -<!--l. 8200--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t +</div> otherwise. +<!--l. 8201--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t be hyperlinked with the <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>-like commands and they won’t add a line to the external glossary file. If you haven’t used any of the other commands that add @@ -16832,7 +16832,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or the <a href="#x1-430006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands) then the entry won’t appear in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 8207--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span +</p><!--l. 8208--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount </span>you need to run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice to ensure they work correctly. The document @@ -16844,11 +16844,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>. <a id="x1-63016r20"></a> -</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 20</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Don’t index entries that are only used once)</span><a id="x1-63017"></a> -</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="indent" > In this example, the acronyms that have only been used once (on the previous run) +</p><!--l. 8214--><p class="indent" > In this example, the acronyms that have only been used once (on the previous run) only have their long form shown with <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>. @@ -16875,7 +16875,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8241--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span +<!--l. 8242--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span @@ -16885,9 +16885,9 @@ RDBMS and XML only have their long forms displayed and don’t have a  </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 8247--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8247--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 8249--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span +<!--l. 8248--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8248--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8250--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>you can create a synonym. For example @@ -16896,15 +16896,15 @@ example <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> \let\ac\cgls </div> -<!--l. 8253--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 8254--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 8255--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8255--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8256--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8256--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">15. <a id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2> -</p><!--l. 8258--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to +</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms with associated symbols. Some may have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style that fits every type of glossary. The <span @@ -16919,7 +16919,7 @@ href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>). -</p><!--l. 8269--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span +</p><!--l. 8270--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a id="dx1-64001"></a> key in the optional argument to <span @@ -16931,22 +16931,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>) or using the command: -</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarystyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-64004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8274--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="noindent" > (before the glossary is displayed). -</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span +</p><!--l. 8278--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a id="dx1-64005"></a> package option, it depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. -</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the +</p><!--l. 8282--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the <span class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>files (described in <a href="#sec:lipsum"><span @@ -16954,10 +16954,10 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a>) to test the different styles. </p> -<!--l. 8285--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8286--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefinedstyles"></a>Predefined Styles</h3> -<!--l. 8288--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. +<!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. See the package options <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a id="dx1-65001"></a>, <span @@ -16975,7 +16975,7 @@ href="#tab:styles">table 15.1</a>. <div class="table"> -<!--l. 8295--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 8296--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:styles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -17161,7 +17161,7 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 8335--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the +<!--l. 8336--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdescwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a @@ -17193,7 +17193,7 @@ line-break within a multi-line description in a tabular-like style it’s be class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a id="dx1-65020"></a> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 8353--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span +</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a id="dx1-65021"></a> key in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a @@ -17212,7 +17212,7 @@ settings for the given glossary, so if, for example, you do \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\printglossary[style=long] </div> -<!--l. 8361--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span +<!--l. 8362--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a id="dx1-65024"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as <span @@ -17228,7 +17228,7 @@ override any previous style definitions, so, again \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\setglossarystyle{long} </div> -<!--l. 8369--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span +<!--l. 8370--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style (<span class="cmss-10">long</span><a @@ -17246,22 +17246,22 @@ e.g.: \setglossarystyle{long}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{} </div> -<!--l. 8378--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span +<!--l. 8379--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-65029"></a> to suppress the gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>. -</p><!--l. 8383--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span +</p><!--l. 8384--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-65030"></a> style use the command -</p><!--l. 8385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="noindent" > after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this full stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine <span @@ -17270,15 +17270,15 @@ you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-65032"></a> in the entry’s description. -</p><!--l. 8394--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span +</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a id="dx1-65033"></a> to suppress this full stop. </p> -<!--l. 8397--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8398--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.1 </span> <a id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h4> -<!--l. 8400--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 8401--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a id="dx1-66001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -17335,12 +17335,12 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to ensure the group information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated by - <!--l. 8425--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 8426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshypernavsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8427--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8428--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to simply have a space separating each group, do: @@ -17349,8 +17349,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> \renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space} </div> - <!--l. 8432--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 8434--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the + <!--l. 8433--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 8435--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a id="dx1-66017"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious @@ -17412,12 +17412,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name followed by a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-66031"></a></a> and the symbol. The length - <!--l. 8459--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 8460--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8461--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" > governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are formatted in the same way as the parent entries. </p></dd><dt class="description"> @@ -17432,12 +17432,12 @@ class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-66034"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 8472--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8473--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8472--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8473--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.2 </span> <a id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h4> -<!--l. 8475--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 8476--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a id="dx1-67001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -17635,12 +17635,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a <span class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-67047"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 8568--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8568--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.3 </span> <a id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h4> -<!--l. 8571--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 8572--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a id="dx1-68001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in <span @@ -17669,7 +17669,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged} </div> -<!--l. 8583--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 8584--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a id="dx1-68008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span @@ -17811,12 +17811,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span><a class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a id="dx1-68038"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 8655--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8656--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8655--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8656--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.4 </span> <a id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h4> -<!--l. 8658--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 8659--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a id="dx1-69001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -18028,12 +18028,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a <span class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-69053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 8754--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8755--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8754--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8755--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.5 </span> <a id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h4> -<!--l. 8757--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 8758--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a id="dx1-70001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in <span @@ -18060,7 +18060,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged} </div> -<!--l. 8769--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 8770--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a id="dx1-70008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span @@ -18204,12 +18204,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a id="dx1-70039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 8842--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8843--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8842--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8843--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.6 </span> <a id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h4> -<!--l. 8845--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 8846--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-71001"></a>. These styles are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can also be used with glossaries @@ -18221,14 +18221,14 @@ class="cmss-10">notree</span><a class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a id="dx1-71003"></a> package options. These styles all format the entry name using: -</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenamefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-71004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8854--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8855--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span @@ -18365,7 +18365,7 @@ class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a class="cmss-10">tree</span><a id="dx1-71032"></a> style except that the indentation for each level is determined by the width of the text specified by - <!--l. 8913--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 8914--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-71033"></a> <span @@ -18376,7 +18376,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8915--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8916--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ indicates the level, where 0 indicates the top-most level, 1 indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If <span @@ -18384,7 +18384,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>hasn’t been used for a given sub-level, the level 0 widest text is used instead. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is omitted, 0 is assumed. - </p><!--l. 8922--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing + </p><!--l. 8923--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the description. </p></dd><dt class="description"> @@ -18409,12 +18409,12 @@ class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a id="dx1-71038"></a>, described above. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 8937--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8938--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8937--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8938--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.7 </span> <a id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h4> -<!--l. 8940--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 8941--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a id="dx1-72001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a @@ -18437,7 +18437,7 @@ class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a id="dx1-72008"></a> environment. For the complete list, see <a href="#tab:mcols">table 15.2</a>. -</p><!--l. 8949--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 8950--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a id="dx1-72009"></a> is not loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you want to use @@ -18447,14 +18447,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style using <sp class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-72010"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8954--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8956--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining -</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8955--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining +</p><!--l. 8958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsmcols</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-72011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8960--><p class="noindent" > to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary: @@ -18464,12 +18464,12 @@ to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex} </div> -<!--l. 8965--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 8966--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 8967--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 8968--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:mcols"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -18587,10 +18587,10 @@ class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 8991--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8992--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.8 </span> <a id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h4> -<!--l. 8994--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span +<!--l. 8995--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a id="dx1-73001"></a> package that supplies the <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a @@ -18599,7 +18599,7 @@ style that is designed for in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as list tables). This style doesn’t display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-73003"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 8999--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 9000--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a id="dx1-73004"></a> with this style. For example, suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of acronyms in a @@ -18612,8 +18612,8 @@ footnote, you can do:  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}: }  <br /> \setglossarystyle{inline} </div> -<!--l. 9007--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9009--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span +<!--l. 9008--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9010--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a id="dx1-73005"></a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>as it’s not @@ -18622,64 +18622,64 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-73006"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 9014--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: +</p><!--l. 9015--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9017--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> \footnote{\printglossaries} </div> -<!--l. 9019--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9021--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 9020--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9022--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a id="dx1-73007"></a> style is governed by the following: -</p><!--l. 9022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-73008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><a id="dx1-73009"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9024--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9025--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used between main (i.e. level 0) entries. -</p><!--l. 9027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-73010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a id="dx1-73011"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9029--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9030--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">, </span>” and is used between sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 9032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-73012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a id="dx1-73013"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9034--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9035--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">: </span>” and is used between a parent main entry and its first sub-entry. -</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostinline</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-73014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><a id="dx1-73015"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9040--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used at the end of the glossary. -</p><!--l. 9043--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9043--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h3> -<!--l. 9046--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style +<!--l. 9047--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style using: -</p><!--l. 9048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossarystyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74001"></a> <span @@ -18688,13 +18688,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9050--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9051--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new glossary style (to be used in <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span>). The second argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ needs to redefine all of the following: -</p><!--l. 9055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">theglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74002"></a><a @@ -18702,7 +18702,7 @@ class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a id="dx1-74004"></a><a id="dx1-74005"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9057--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9058--><p class="noindent" > This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note that this does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by <span @@ -18723,12 +18723,12 @@ environment is simply redefined to begin and end the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-74013"></a><a id="dx1-74014"></a> environment. -</p><!--l. 9066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossaryheader</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9068--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9069--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note that this is not the same as <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a @@ -18745,14 +18745,14 @@ class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a id="dx1-74019"></a> glossary style redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to do a header row. -</p><!--l. 9076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupheading</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9078--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9079--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body of the glossary. If you use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span @@ -18771,18 +18771,18 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-74025"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the language settings. -</p><!--l. 9089--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span +</p><!--l. 9090--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span class="cmti-10">not </span>the group title. The group title can be obtained via -</p><!--l. 9092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9095--><p class="noindent" > This obtains the title as follows: if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ consists of a single non-active character or ⟨<span @@ -18812,8 +18812,8 @@ active character (for example ø), in which case the title will be set to class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. You can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your document. -</p><!--l. 9108--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using -</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using +</p><!--l. 9110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74030"></a> <span @@ -18822,12 +18822,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9111--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9112--><p class="noindent" > For further details about <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). -</p><!--l. 9116--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span +</p><!--l. 9117--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>to simply ignore its argument. The <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a @@ -18841,19 +18841,19 @@ follows: \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%  <br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]} </div> -<!--l. 9122--><p class="nopar" > See also <span +<!--l. 9123--><p class="nopar" > See also <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-74032"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#1</span></span></span> etc.) -</p><!--l. 9126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupskip</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9128--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9129--><p class="noindent" > This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for the next logical group. The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a @@ -18864,11 +18864,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a id="dx1-74035"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank row. -</p><!--l. 9135--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span +</p><!--l. 9136--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-74036"></a> can be used to suppress this default gap for the predefined styles. -</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74037"></a> <span @@ -18877,7 +18877,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9140--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9141--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do for each level 0 glossary entry. The entry label is given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and the associated <a @@ -18914,14 +18914,14 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further details.) You can also use the following commands: -</p><!--l. 9151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9153--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9154--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level 0) entries if the <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a @@ -18932,18 +18932,18 @@ is typically called by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>before <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 9159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9161--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9163--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are +</p><!--l. 9162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9164--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must therefore redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>to set the appropriate target. This is done using -</p><!--l. 9168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstarget</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74048"></a> <span @@ -18952,7 +18952,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9171--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. Note that you don’t need to worry about whether the <span @@ -18961,7 +18961,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>won’t create a target if <span class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget </span>hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 9176--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span +</p><!--l. 9177--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-74050"></a> style defines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows: @@ -18974,10 +18974,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows:  <br />          \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2} </div> -<!--l. 9182--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9184--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span +<!--l. 9183--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9185--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">number list</span>⟩ will always be of the form -</p><!--l. 9186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a id="dx1-74051"></a><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span @@ -18996,7 +18996,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">number(s)</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9188--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9189--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>⟩ may contain <span class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span><a @@ -19034,7 +19034,7 @@ need to worry about whether the user has specified the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-74060"></a> package option. -</p><!--l. 9205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\subglossentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74061"></a> <span @@ -19045,7 +19045,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9207--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9208--><p class="noindent" > This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩, indicates the sub-entry level. This must be an integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. @@ -19053,14 +19053,14 @@ The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a id="dx1-74062"></a> described above. -</p><!--l. 9214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssubentryitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9216--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9217--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level 1 entries if the <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a @@ -19070,39 +19070,39 @@ class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>before <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span><a id="dx1-74065"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 9222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9224--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9226--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 9225--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9227--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-74067"></a> (which <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-74068"></a> calls) sets -</p><!--l. 9228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\currentglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-74069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9230--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9231--><p class="noindent" > to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to the glossary type. -</p><!--l. 9234--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the +</p><!--l. 9235--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). <a id="x1-74070r21"></a> -</p><!--l. 9238--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 9239--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 21</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a completely new style)</span><a id="x1-74071"></a> -</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands +</p><!--l. 9241--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the environment listed above. -</p><!--l. 9243--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means +</p><!--l. 9244--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means that the glossary should be placed in the <span class="cmss-10">itemize</span><a id="dx1-74072"></a><a @@ -19154,7 +19154,7 @@ follows:  <br />   \glossentry{##2}{##3}}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 9277--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly +<!--l. 9278--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><a id="dx1-74080"></a> or @@ -19168,7 +19168,7 @@ class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-74084"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 9284--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> +</p><!--l. 9285--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in which case use <span @@ -19200,20 +19200,20 @@ href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):  <br /> \space [##2]% the number list in square brackets  <br /> }% </div> - <!--l. 9304--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> + <!--l. 9305--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9307--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9307--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-74088r22"></a> -<!--l. 9309--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 9310--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 22</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a new glossary style based on an existing</span> <span class="cmbx-12">style)</span><a id="x1-74089"></a> -</p><!--l. 9311--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an +</p><!--l. 9312--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-74090"></a> within the second argument of @@ -19238,7 +19238,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">mylist </span>as follows:  <br />                              % between groups  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9325--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span +<!--l. 9326--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-74094"></a> style in combination with the package option <span @@ -19246,11 +19246,11 @@ class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-74095"></a>.) </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9330--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9330--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-74096r23"></a> -<!--l. 9333--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 9334--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 23</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Example: creating a glossary style that uses the</span> <span @@ -19262,7 +19262,7 @@ class="cmssbx-10x-x-120">user6</span><a id="dx1-74098"></a> <span class="cmbx-12">keys)</span><a id="x1-74099"></a> -</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in +</p><!--l. 9336--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a id="dx1-74100"></a>) and dimension (stored in <span @@ -19314,26 +19314,26 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9377--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 9378--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9378--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9378--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9379--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9379--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 9380--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9381--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 9381--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">16. <a id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2> -</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found +</p><!--l. 9384--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf). -</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an +</p><!--l. 9387--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>command, make sure your list doesn’t have any unwanted spaces in it as they don’t get stripped. </div> -</p><!--l. 9390--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75001"></a> <span @@ -19345,7 +19345,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩, a comma-separated list of glossary labels (as supplied when the glossary was defined). At each iteration ⟨<span @@ -19355,7 +19355,7 @@ class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ is performed. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries (except the ignored ones). -</p><!--l. 9402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallacronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75002"></a> <span @@ -19364,7 +19364,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9404--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries </span>but only iterates over the lists of acronyms (that have previously been declared using <span @@ -19376,7 +19376,7 @@ option). This command doesn’t have an optional argument. If you want to explicitly say which lists to iterate over, just use the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 9412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75005"></a> <span @@ -19387,7 +19387,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9414--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9415--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩. At each iteration ⟨<span @@ -19398,7 +19398,7 @@ class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩ is omitted, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a id="dx1-75006"></a> (usually the main glossary) is used. -</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75007"></a> <span @@ -19410,7 +19410,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9423--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9424--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ (a comma-separated @@ -19425,7 +19425,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩.) -</p><!--l. 9432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglossaryexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75008"></a> <span @@ -19434,13 +19434,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9436--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsentryexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75009"></a> <span @@ -19449,7 +19449,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9442--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9443--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span @@ -19469,7 +19469,7 @@ href="#sec:techissues"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8.1 </a><a href="#sec:techissues">Technical Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75012"></a> <span @@ -19478,13 +19478,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9455--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it doesn’t exist, an error is generated. (This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 9459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75013"></a> <span @@ -19493,11 +19493,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9461--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9462--><p class="noindent" > Does the reverse of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 9465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75014"></a> <span @@ -19506,11 +19506,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9467--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9468--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists </span>but issues a warning rather than an error if the entry doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 9471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75015"></a> <span @@ -19518,12 +19518,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9474--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="noindent" > See <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. -</p><!--l. 9477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaschildren</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75016"></a> <span @@ -19532,14 +19532,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9480--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9481--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has any sub-entries. If it does, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span> <span class="cmti-10">part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasparent</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75017"></a> <span @@ -19547,13 +19547,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9488--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent entry. If it does, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshassymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75018"></a> <span @@ -19565,7 +19565,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9495--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9496--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a @@ -19573,7 +19573,7 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaslong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75020"></a> <span @@ -19584,7 +19584,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9502--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9503--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a @@ -19598,7 +19598,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-75022"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75023"></a> <span @@ -19610,7 +19610,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9511--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a @@ -19625,7 +19625,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75026"></a> <span @@ -19636,7 +19636,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9520--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9521--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-75027"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by ⟨<span @@ -19644,7 +19644,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If it has, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. Compare with: -</p><!--l. 9524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-75028"></a> <span @@ -19657,7 +19657,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span> <span class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9527--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-75029"></a> field has been set to just <span @@ -19669,8 +19669,8 @@ class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9532--><p class="indent" > For all other fields you can use: -</p><!--l. 9534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="indent" > For all other fields you can use: +</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -19680,7 +19680,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9536--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9537--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ for the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is empty. If it is, @@ -19695,11 +19695,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span>, an error occurs if the entry is undefined </p> -<!--l. 9545--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 9545--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9546--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 9546--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">17. <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2> -</p><!--l. 9547--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9548--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-76001"></a> package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as “a”, “an” or “the”). The @@ -19707,7 +19707,7 @@ For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as “a”, “ class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and has the same package options. -</p><!--l. 9554--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span +</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-76002"></a> are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -19746,11 +19746,11 @@ class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-76012"></a> key.</dd></dl> <a id="x1-76013r24"></a> -<!--l. 9571--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 9572--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 24</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Determiners)</span><a id="x1-76014"></a> -</p><!--l. 9572--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: +</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: </p> @@ -19759,7 +19759,7 @@ documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix} </div> -<!--l. 9578--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span +<!--l. 9579--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>from previous sample documents with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a sample @@ -19776,7 +19776,7 @@ href="#fn1x18" id="fn1x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span>  <br />  prefixplural={the\space}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9590--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the +<!--l. 9591--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the possibility of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as: @@ -19788,7 +19788,7 @@ possibility of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as:  <br />  prefix={l’},  <br />  prefixplural={les\space}} </div> -<!--l. 9600--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, +<!--l. 9601--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -19796,7 +19796,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> due to the automatic spacing trimming performed in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ options. -</p><!--l. 9606--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: +</p><!--l. 9607--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: </p> @@ -19806,12 +19806,12 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ options.  <br />   prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%  <br /> ]{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 9612--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 9613--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9613--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9613--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 9615--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 9614--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9614--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9616--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-76017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with commands such as <span @@ -19827,7 +19827,7 @@ href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 9622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76020"></a> <span @@ -19838,7 +19838,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9624--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9625--><p class="noindent" > This is inserts the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a id="dx1-76021"></a> key (or <span @@ -19853,7 +19853,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 9629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Pgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76023"></a> <span @@ -19864,7 +19864,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9631--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9632--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a id="dx1-76024"></a> key (or <span @@ -19889,7 +19889,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 9639--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\PGLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76027"></a> <span @@ -19900,14 +19900,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9641--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9642--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a id="dx1-76028"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 9645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9646--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76029"></a> <span @@ -19918,7 +19918,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9647--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9648--><p class="noindent" > This is inserts the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-76030"></a> key (or <span @@ -19933,7 +19933,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 9652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Pglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76032"></a> <span @@ -19944,7 +19944,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9654--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9655--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-76033"></a> key (or <span @@ -19969,7 +19969,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 9662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\PGLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76036"></a> <span @@ -19980,7 +19980,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9664--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9665--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a @@ -19991,11 +19991,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. <a id="x1-76038r25"></a> -</p><!--l. 9668--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 9669--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 25</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Using Prefixes)</span><a id="x1-76039"></a> -</p><!--l. 9669--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a +</p><!--l. 9670--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a href="#x1-76013r24">24<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in the text via the above commands: @@ -20006,20 +20006,20 @@ First use: \pgls{svm}. Next use: \pgls{svm}.  <br />Singular: \pgls{sample}, \pgls{oeil}.  <br />Plural: \pglspl{sample}, \pglspl{oeil}. </div> -<!--l. 9675--><p class="nopar" > which produces: +<!--l. 9676--><p class="nopar" > which produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 9678--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. + <!--l. 9679--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular: a sample, l’oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></div> -<!--l. 9682--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a +<!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a href="#x1-5100r33"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 9685--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform +<!--l. 9684--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9684--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9686--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any check to determine the entry’s existence. -</p><!--l. 9688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76040"></a> <span @@ -20031,15 +20031,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9690--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9691--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a id="dx1-76041"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 9694--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: +</p><!--l. 9696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76042"></a> <span @@ -20052,14 +20052,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span> <span class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9698--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-76043"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 9701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76044"></a> <span @@ -20072,18 +20072,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span> <span class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9703--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9704--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a id="dx1-76045"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9708--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76046"></a> -</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20091,26 +20091,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9710--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9711--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a id="dx1-76047"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 9714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9716--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a id="dx1-76049"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76050"></a> <span @@ -20119,87 +20119,87 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9722--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9723--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a id="dx1-76051"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9728--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9729--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-76053"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 9733--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76054"></a> -</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9736--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9737--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a id="dx1-76055"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 9741--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper +</p><!--l. 9742--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper case<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x18" id="fn2x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-76056f2"></a>: -</p><!--l. 9744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9746--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9748--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9749--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9750--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9752--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9754--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9755--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-76060"></a> -</p><!--l. 9756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 9757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9757--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9759--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 9758--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9760--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-76061"></a>, these commands aren’t expandable so can’t be used in PDF bookmarks. </div> -</p><!--l. 9762--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9763--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-76062r26"></a> -</p><!--l. 9764--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 26</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a id="x1-76063"></a> -</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the +</p><!--l. 9766--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner. For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-76064"></a> style @@ -20217,18 +20217,18 @@ that inserts the prefix before the name:  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9778--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 9779--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9779--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9779--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9780--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 9781--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 9781--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9782--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 9782--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">18. <a id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2> -</p><!--l. 9783--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span +</p><!--l. 9784--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-77001"></a> package, but note that this package is experimental and it requires the <span @@ -20341,7 +20341,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-77032"></a>). </dd></dl> -<!--l. 9830--><p class="noindent" >For example: +<!--l. 9831--><p class="noindent" >For example: </p> @@ -20349,7 +20349,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a \newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document  <br />preparation language},access={TeX}} </div> -<!--l. 9834--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 9835--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to @@ -20357,12 +20357,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> \BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{} </div> -<!--l. 9838--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 9839--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a href="#x1-5102r34"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-77033"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 9842--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span +</p><!--l. 9843--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. It is recommended that you also read the <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a @@ -20370,11 +20370,11 @@ class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a </p> -<!--l. 9846--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 9846--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9847--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 9847--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">19. <a id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2> -</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9850--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with a minimal file called <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>which can be used for testing. This should be located in the <span @@ -20390,7 +20390,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code is available at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 9860--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a +</p><!--l. 9861--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>. If that doesn’t help, try posting your query to somewhere like the comp.text.tex newsgroup, the @@ -20403,7 +20403,7 @@ submitted via <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/bug-report.html" >my package bug report form</a>. -</p><!--l. 9869--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 9870--><p class="indent" > <a id="likesection.2"></a><a id="index"></a> @@ -24973,13 +24973,13 @@ class="cmr-8">possible, for the reasons given </span><a href="#pdflatexnote"><span class="cmr-8">earlier</span></a><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 1864--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x2-bk" id="fn3x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">As from v3.01 </span><span class="cmtt-8">\gls</span><a id="dx1-10042"></a> <span class="cmr-8">is no longer fragile and doesn’t need protecting.</span></p> -<!--l. 2506--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 2507--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">unless </span><span class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a @@ -24987,7 +24987,7 @@ class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a class="cmr-8">is loaded, which case it uses </span><span class="cmtt-8">\markboth</span><a id="dx1-17016"></a></p> -<!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x3-bk" id="fn2x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Actually it uses </span><span class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><a @@ -25011,7 +25011,7 @@ class="cmr-8">package is</span> class="cmr-8">automatically loaded by </span><span class="cmss-8">glossaries</span><span class="cmr-8">.)</span></p> -<!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x3-bk" id="fn3x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Actually it sets </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a @@ -25034,7 +25034,7 @@ class="cmss-8">nomain</span><a id="dx1-20013"></a> <span class="cmr-8">option has been</span> <span -class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x5-bk" id="fn1x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a @@ -25047,7 +25047,7 @@ class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a id="dx1-35022"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package option is not</span> <span -class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5186--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x7-bk" id="fn1x7"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-44003"></a> <span @@ -25060,14 +25060,14 @@ class="cmr-8">preserved but you may need to use the </span><span class="cmss-8">compatible-3.07</span><a id="dx1-44005"></a> <span class="cmr-8">option</span></p> -<!--l. 5744--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 5745--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-48004"></a></a> <span class="cmr-8">will always assign a location number, even if it’s not needed, so it needs to be</span> <span -class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 5749--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 5750--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Ifyou redefine </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsseeformat</span><span @@ -25085,7 +25085,7 @@ class="cmtt-8">[\seename] </span><span class="cmr-8">in the output file if no optional argument is</span> <span class="cmr-8">given.</span></p> -<!--l. 5774--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 5775--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x9-bk" id="fn3x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">In versions before 3.0, </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname </span><span @@ -25098,7 +25098,7 @@ href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-48015"></a></a><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 6058--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 6059--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">versions before 3.0 used </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname</span><a @@ -25111,7 +25111,7 @@ class="cmr-8">had been </span><a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-49056"></a></a><span -class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 6285--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 6286--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">you can’t use the </span><span class="cmss-8">longheaderborder</span><a @@ -25121,7 +25121,7 @@ class="cmss-8">longtable</span><a id="dx1-50067"></a><a id="dx1-50068"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 6618--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 6619--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x12-bk" id="fn1x12"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">see </span><span class="cmtt-8">\setCompositor</span><a @@ -25132,7 +25132,7 @@ class="cmsy-8">§</span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p> -<!--l. 6624--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 6625--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x12-bk" id="fn2x12"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">see </span><span class="cmtt-8">\setAlphaCompositor</span><a @@ -25143,14 +25143,14 @@ class="cmsy-8">§</span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p> -<!--l. 7822--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 7823--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x14-bk" id="fn1x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 7851--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 7852--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x14-bk" id="fn2x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">See David Carlisle’sexplanation in </span><a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-8">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p> -<!--l. 8342--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 8343--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x16-bk" id="fn1x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span class="cmss-8">nolong</span><a @@ -25166,18 +25166,18 @@ class="cmss-8">nostyles</span><a class="cmr-8">package option unless you explicitly load the relevant</span> <span class="cmr-8">package.</span></p> -<!--l. 8455--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 8456--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x16-bk" id="fn2x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span class="cmr-8"> Menzel.</span></p> -<!--l. 8666--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 8667--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x16-bk" id="fn3x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">e.g.</span><span class="cmr-8"> with the </span><span class="cmss-8">flowfram</span><a id="dx1-69011"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package.</span></p> -<!--l. 9583--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 9584--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x18-bk" id="fn1x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Single letter words, such as “a” and “I” should typically not appear at the end of a line,</span> <span @@ -25185,7 +25185,7 @@ class="cmr-8">hence the non-breakable space after “a” in the </span> class="cmss-8">prefix</span><a id="dx1-76016"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field.</span></p> -<!--l. 9743--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 9744--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x18-bk" id="fn2x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p> </div> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf Binary files differindex 38eedc48198..fe42458bbb8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex index 0bda9eba4e6..bf307e4c510 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex @@ -367,11 +367,11 @@ and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}} \MakeShortVerb{"} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} - \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.14} + \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.15} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\% \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2015-02-28} + \date{2015-03-16} \maketitle \begin{abstract} @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ letter}{mfirstuc-manual}. \item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}] Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read -\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.14}. +\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.15}. This includes the documented code for the \sty{mfirstuc} package. \item[INSTALL] Installation instructions. @@ -1324,7 +1324,8 @@ key. The sample file \texttt{glossary-lipsum-examples.tex} in the \texttt{doc\slash latex\slash glossaries\slash samples} directory -uses all these files. +uses all these files. See also +\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries}. \section{Multi-Lingual Support} \label{sec:languages} @@ -8194,8 +8195,8 @@ This command is used by \cs{cGlspl} and defaults to if the entry given by \meta{label} has a~long form or \begin{alltt} \cs{Glsentryfirstplural}\marg{label}\meta{insert} -otherwise. \end{alltt} +otherwise. This means that if the previous count for the given entry was~1, the entry won't be hyperlinked with the \cs{cgls}-like commands and they diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html index c355af11a98..f870f7c0bc6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd--> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > -<head><title>The glossaries package v4.14: a guide for beginners</title> +<head><title>The glossaries package v4.15: a guide for beginners</title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossariesbegin.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -197,11 +197,11 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle -<h2 class="titleHead">The glossaries package v4.14: a guide for beginners</h2> +<h2 class="titleHead">The glossaries package v4.15: a guide for beginners</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="cmr-12">2015-02-28</span></div> +class="cmr-12">2015-03-16</span></div> </div> <div class="abstract" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf Binary files differindex ab57f384b65..500e3cbbfd8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex index e3c55359088..3d4b4c47515 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ \newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}} \newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}} -\title{The glossaries package v4.14: +\title{The glossaries package v4.15: a guide for beginners} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2015-02-28} +\date{2015-03-16} \ifpdf \externaldocument{glossaries-user} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html index 5357b6cbf6d..f392f245680 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossary2glossaries.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ glossaries package</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="cmr-12">2015-02-28</span></div> +class="cmr-12">2015-03-16</span></div> </div> <div class="abstract" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf Binary files differindex dc9f9799e83..8b2d7f0b791 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex index f02cafa5755..f37828108b7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ \title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2015-02-28} +\date{2015-03-16} \newenvironment{oldway}{% \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html index df6782f730d..7fcacfd312a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="mfirstuc-manual.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf Binary files differindex 5caae441066..033594794ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf Binary files differindex d42cef885f3..682f4bf2cb2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf Binary files differindex f5a09a60a5a..b841017cb55 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 489832066d4..f0f89a98382 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex a61482d02b7..65ff5bfe8ea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex ca18000d7ee..2eeddef1830 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf Binary files differindex 54323bc38dc..40560cfaf33 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 652374d2f0f..19fb7c48a9b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf Binary files differindex 3fdde81c5f6..dc0381e113a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf Binary files differindex 604aefbcc09..8093059e43a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf Binary files differindex aa617768439..cb41672f46a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf Binary files differindex 8369834ce5a..be9d214e618 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf Binary files differindex 3392b595c55..400cfd53033 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf Binary files differindex 6c2f8bd4ee9..acbfe8daccb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf Binary files differindex f8da75159b6..b0adefe1cc6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf Binary files differindex d053d3cfc76..23bdb08163a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf Binary files differindex bce8bf52ae0..8d97270604f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf Binary files differindex 946a9d1e420..c0d38884a00 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf Binary files differindex 0cfece9136f..a2397a9b07c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differindex 37e86bc6ff0..b9d37775bcc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf Binary files differindex ef93a8b529d..8648e5dcbb4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf Binary files differindex db134f7290d..fbf2bb15428 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf Binary files differindex 43ca2ae073d..965f1de58b0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 39224b2d2fd..f6652bac286 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex a14cb7fe436..2caf07e426b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 0f8a422de7a..f41a94c3275 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf Binary files differindex 11b0148a82e..fe51fd530ed 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 5caab53da76..ef901b61dcb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf Binary files differindex 1c27cc0f4b5..3a486b08b4d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf Binary files differindex 2bd2d778a3b..4a68f53626f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 5762c405043..06fea4b0ef3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf Binary files differindex ca9a301f9ee..f726c16160e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf Binary files differindex cc3b2fcd2ed..90f3db65800 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf Binary files differindex 5dfeb1b7543..06348fc1863 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf Binary files differindex 01f985d8c88..6e4fe590558 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf Binary files differindex b35e3f6f91c..57d2ddcbc79 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf Binary files differindex 0ff7c78d552..5353fd6f825 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf Binary files differindex 3a996cd513e..4dc17b12701 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf Binary files differindex b46bc5f9544..6277bc0a8c9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf Binary files differindex 8cac64c0a72..c956ca385d3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf Binary files differindex a056f2e1130..8536550c4a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx index 0d4368c4efe..ef5d791e9f3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,13 @@ %\iffalse % glossaries.dtx generated using makedtx version 1.1 (c) Nicola Talbot % Command line args: +% -macrocode ".*\.perl" +% -macrocode ".*\.tex" +% -macrocode ".*\.xdy" % -author "Nicola Talbot" -% -doc "glossaries-manual.tex" +% -comment ".*\.perl" +% -comment ".*\.tex" +% -comment ".*\.xdy" % -src "glossaries.sty\Z=>glossaries.sty" % -src "glossaries-prefix.sty\Z=>glossaries-prefix.sty" % -src "mfirstuc.sty\Z=>mfirstuc.sty" @@ -19,18 +24,13 @@ % -src "(samplexdy-mc.*\.xdy)\Z=>\1" % -src "(database.*\.tex)\Z=>\1" % -src "(.*\.perl)\Z=>\1" -% -comment ".*\.perl" -% -comment ".*\.tex" -% -comment ".*\.xdy" -% -macrocode ".*\.perl" -% -macrocode ".*\.tex" -% -macrocode ".*\.xdy" % -codetitle "Main Package Code" % -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" % -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" % -setambles ".*\.xdy=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -doc "glossaries-manual.tex" % glossaries -% Created on 2015/2/28 17:35 +% Created on 2015/3/16 18:44 %\fi %\iffalse %<*package> @@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %\MakeShortVerb{"} %\DeleteShortVerb{\|} % -% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.14} +% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.15} % \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] %Dickimaw Books\\ %\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} % -% \date{2015-02-28} +% \date{2015-03-16} % \maketitle % %This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %glossaries package}. % %\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}] -%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.14: +%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.15: %\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}. % %\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}] @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % This package requires \LaTeXe. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2015/02/28 v4.14 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2015/03/16 v4.15 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Required packages: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -10093,8 +10093,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{moved \cs{glsifhyper}} % Call \cs{@gls@link}. % Note that \cs{@gls@link} sets \cs{glstype}. +%\changes{4.15}{2015-03-16}{bug fix replaced \cs{@glo@type} with \cs{glstype}} % \begin{macrocode} - \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\@glo@type @entryfmt\endcsname}% + \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}% }% } % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins index 77801a5852a..2f9fd929eaa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2015/2/28 17:35 +% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2015/3/16 18:44 \input docstrip \preamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty index 131a07eccad..a324290355c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2015/02/28 v4.14 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2015/03/16 v4.15 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{ifthen} \RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18] \RequirePackage{mfirstuc} @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\glscustomtext{% \Glsentrylongpl{#2}#3% }% - \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\@glo@type @entryfmt\endcsname}% + \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}% }% } \newrobustcmd*{\ACRlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRlongpl} |